Read Some of Kasdan’s Original Handwritten Empire Script Pages

Lou Tambone | May 23, 2013 in General News | Comments (0)

Tags: , , ,

ZZ3E9DD3371[1]Writing scripts longhand and on paper is a bit of a lost art form these days. The personal computer age seems to have changed everything, much like the mobile industry seems to be changing life yet again right before out eyes. So it’s always fun to look back on the old days from time to time.

Slashfilm recently got their hands on a few pages of Lawrence Kasdan’s original, handwritten draft of The Empire Strikes Back. It was all part of this year’s “May the 4th be with you” (AKA Star Wars Day) celebrations that now (unofficially) take place every year on May fourth.

The pages are fun to read and while many have seen the old drafts before, these handwritten pages give us a few more glimpses into the development of the film. In one of them, Yoda seems to imply that when you’re a full-on Jedi, you can “see” things differently. You can actually see the Force around everything which is an interesting concept. Another mentions a deleted scene where Luke is training on Dagobah and fighting off some training ball droids that shoot stun bolts at him, similar to the one that Obi-Wan used while on the Millennium Falcon in the original film. There are a few other bits including Han’s line “…just remember that, because I’ll be back,” which was later changed by Harrison Ford to “I know.”

It’s a small bit of film history you might enjoy.

Source: Slashfilm


The Empire Strikes Back – First Draft by Leigh Brackett (Transcript)

Lou Tambone | May 24, 2010 in The Empire Strikes Back | Comments (6)

Tags: , , , ,

Download: The Empire Strikes Back – Scanned First Draft by Leigh Brackett (PDF)

Download: The Empire Strikes Back – First Draft by Leigh Brackett (transcript)

STAR WARS sequel

Screenplay

by

LEIGH BRACKETT

 

Notes on the transcription:

  • Italics represent handwritten lines in the script or in the margins
  • Cross-outs represent typed lines which were XXX-ed out with the typewriter or crossed out by hand, but which were still legible (totally illegible XXX-ed out lines have been left out of the transcription)
  • Double cross-outs represent typed lines which were XXX-ed out with the typewriter and crossed out by hand
  • Italicized cross-outs represent handwritten lines that were crossed out by hand, but which were still legible
  • [unreadable] represents illegible handwritten words in the middle of otherwise legible handwritten lines (totally illegible handwritten lines have been left out of the transcription)
  • [Missing]  represents a line, or lines, that were cut off by the person who scanned the script from the original
  • (sic)  denotes misspelled or incorrect words in the original
  • {notes} represent handwritten notes from an editor, that are not part of the story
  • Please excuse the formatting

Leigh Brackett – feb 17, 1978

FADE IN

1  EXT PLAIN OF ICE PLANET – DAY

A sweeping dramatic shot of LUKE SKYWALKER, mounted on a white snow-lizard, racing across a white snowy landscape.  Luke’s scarlet cloak flies in the wind.  Curving plumes of snow rise from beneath the speeding paws of the lizard.  All about in the distance, snow-wraiths blow on the wind across a cruel and beautiful landscape, in the light of a strange sun.

2  EXT LOW RIDGE – DAY

The low ridge rises from the plain like a long-backed dune of snow.  Luke gallops up the slope into CLOSE SHOT and reins his lizard to a halt.  Luke’s face is protected by a masking helmet and goggles, but now he pushes up the goggles so that we can see that it is indeed Luke.  He looks keenly about at the land beyond the ridge.  He carries a blaster on his right hip and his light-saber on the left.

3  LUKE’S POV

More of the lovely, cruel, white country, apparently deserted except for the blown veils of snow.  Dimly there appears through these veils a formation of rocks or perhaps ice of exceptional beauty, catching points of fire from the sun.

4  BACK TO LUKE

He smiles and activates his helmet radio.

LUKE

Han.  Come in, Han Solo.

CUT TO

5  EXT PLAIN – DAY            HAN SOLO

Han is also mounted on a white snow lizard.  He is galloping along on another part of the plain, distinguished perhaps by some tumbled rock ice formations.  He pulls up.

6  HAN SOLO

He speaks into his helmet radio.

HAN

Yeah, Luke.  What is it?

7  LUKE

LUKE

(into radio)

Nothing. No sign of life.  I’m at the north ridge.  How about you?

8  HAN SOLO

HAN

(into radio)

I’m at the cliffs.  I haven’t seen anything either.  I guess the survey was right – the planet’s clean.  We might as well go back to Base.  I’ll wait for you.

9  LUKE

LUKE

(into radio, looking o.s.)

No, you go on…no use freezing to death.  There’s a real pretty ice formation on the other side of the ridge…want to get a closer look at it.  I’ll Follow you in a few minutes.

10  HAN

HAN

(into radio, big-brother style)

Now wait a minute, Luke.  Orders said just to the ridge.  Don’t take any chances…

The helmet radio makes some angry squawking noises that cause Han to wince.

HAN

Okay, okay, break your fool neck.  I was just asking you if you were….

The mike makes one final snarl and goes dead.

HAN

(shrugs)

…All right.  I guess he’s all right.

(to lizard)

Come on, my animated ice-berg, let’s get back where it’s warm.  Or at least, warmer.

He prods the lizard into motion and races away, cloak flying.

11  EXT RIDGE – DAY          LUKE

Luke readjusts his helmet and goggles, looks off at the alluring ice-formation, and starts jauntily off along the farther slope of the low ridge, angling his mount in a graceful curve.  The scene is one of sheer beauty, both in motion and setting.

12  CLOSER ANGLE

A veil of snow blows across the slope…no different from any of the others.  It momentarily obscures Luke and his mount…and suddenly, without warning, a gigantic form explodes out of the snow almost under the feet of the lizard, which screams and rears, throwing Luke.  The monstrous shape…white on white against the snow-cloud, we do not see it clearly except that it is huge and menacing…utters a weird and bestial groaning like rocks boulders grinding together in the bowels of a mountain.  It strikes the lizard dead with one horrendous blow, breaking its neck.  Half stunned by the fall, Luke staggers up and attempts to draw the light-saber blaster holstered at his hip.  The snowman fetches him a blow across the face that would have taken part of his head off if it had not been for the helmet.  Luke falls.  Loses blaster.  He also has his light-saber.

13  LUKE

He lies motionless in the snow, bleeding, his helmet torn, goggles gone, one side of his face a mass of blood.  Above him, obscure in the snow-cloud, the white monster looks down at him, then bends and grasps him by one ankle and drags him away.

CUT TO

14  EXT ICE CASTLE AND APPROACHES – DAY

The ice castle is a natural structure of great beauty with fantastic domes and spires, much akin to the one that lured Luke into trouble only larger.  No banners fly from its “battlements”.  There are no visible sentries and the wind-scoured ice of the approaches shows no tracks.  Yet Han Solo gallops his snow-lizard confidently toward the blank glittering wall of the structure.  In upper natural caves hollowed out there are hooded gun emplacements and radar installations all constructed to be invisible from above.

15  THE ICE CASTLE – DAY

As Han approaches the seemingly blank wall, a section of the ice slides open and he disappears inside, the wall closing behind him.

16  INT ICE CASTLE – DAY OUTER COURT

Inside, the ice has been hollowed out into a series of chambers and halls.  In this, the outer court, Han dismounts and gives his lizard to an attendant.  Stripping off helmet and goggles, he hurries on toward an inner door.  Here he is stopped by a SOLDIER JUNIOR OFFICER on duty with several SOLDIERS.

HAN

Han Solo, with a report for the.…Princess.

OFFICER

Captain Solo, the Princess Leia wishes you to report to her immediately.

HAN

Well, that’s what I just….

17  INT INNER HALL – DAY           AT DOOR

OFFICER

She’s in the War Room on the Third Level.  Soldier, escort Captain…

HAN

I know the way.

He turns and strides impatiently across the inner hall, which is large and busy, with people and robots going back and forth on errands.  There are corridors opening off the hall, and a bank of lifts.  Han Solo steps into one of these and is taken down.  The officer meanwhile turns to an intercom.

18  INT THIRD LEVEL – DAY

This level has been blasted out of solid rock ice and is huge in extent.  Stretching away on either side, as Han steps out of the lift, we see a hangar deck with rebel ships ranked in line.  An X-wing fighter is being towed into place.  Mechanics and mech-robots work among the ships.  In other places are banks of indicators with flashing lights showing the status of various life-support systems.  Men, women, and robots monitor these indicators.  Huge pipes snake across the roof overhead.  The scene is one of great activity, planned and orderly.

Han Solo crosses toward a door that says WAR ROOM Authorized Personnel Only.  He hesitates briefly, then strides on past along the hangar deck.

19  INT HANGAR DECK – THIRD LEVEL – DAY

Han approaches the battered, unorthodox shape of the MILENNIUM FALCON, looking out of place among the sleek war-craft.  He runs up the gangway.

HAN

Chewie…?

20  INT FALCON – DAY

CHEWBACCA, the Wookie, answers with growling pleasure from the control cabin as Han enters the main cabin.  Chewie comes in wiping his paws on oily waste and talking a blue streak.  Han laughs and pats his huge chest.

HAN

You’re not any more bored than I am, Chewie.  I never thought I’d go for a sojer, and I doubt if it’ll last long I can put up with it much longer.  You just keep the old Falcon in….

They both break off as a heavy BOOMING SOUND interrupts, and the ground shakes.  Chewbacca roars.

HAN

Calm down…they’re just blasting more space to put more ships as they come in.  You just keep the old Falcon in top shape, Chewie.  Never know when we may want to jump.

(moving his shoulders uneasily)

I’ve got that funny old itch again, just like when the hot breath of the law was puffing down the back of my neck.

Chewie growls understandingly.

21  INT WAR ROOM – DAY

 

FEATURING a huge map or three-dimensional galactic model occupying one entire wall of a good-sized room.  The model shows the heavily-clustered stars at the central core, thinning out along the outflung spiral arms.

20  (cont.)

Chewie growls a question and Han shrugs, shaking his head.

HAN

How should I know?  Nobody’s likely to find us in this forsaken hole.  I doubt if even God remembers where He hung this star.

21  INT WAR ROOM – DAY            THE PLOTTING TANK

At first we think we’re in space looking down from above at the entire galaxy…the burning core of stars at the center, the outflung spiral arms.  It is dizzying.  Then a single point of light brightens…green light…and a man’s voice speaks OVER.

MAN’S VOICE

We are here…the second fourth planet of this detached system at the edge of the Granida Cluster.

The green light is indeed close to a great hive of suns, burning with many colors.

22 INT WAR ROOM – DAY             FULL SHOT

We see now that the galaxy is a three-dimensional model occupying a huge tank in the center of a rock hewn great ice chamber.  Men and women stand or move about on a catwalk that surrounds it.  Lining the walls are control panels, indicator panels, computers, and communicators.

The man who has spoken, COMMANDER WILLARD, stands on the walk with PRINCESS LEIA, GENERAL DODONNA, and some other brass, looking down at the plotting tank.

WILLARD

It is to be We hoped that the massive energy output of the cluster will mask hide our comings and goings from the Empire radar sweeps, which we know will eventually quarter the entire galaxy.  See Threepio….

23  INT WAR ROOM – DAY

At one of the control panels, C3PO stands ready, with R2D2 beside him.

THREEPIO

Yes, Commander.

WILLARD

Let us have the display, based on our latest calculations.

THREEPIO

Right away, sir.  (officiously to Artoo)  Artoo, you have your orders.

Artoo whistles derisively and does things to the panel.

24  THE TANK

Princess Leia, Willard, and others in f.g. looking down.  The galaxy model now shifts color.  Part of it, the largest part, is engulfed in red.

WILLARD

That is the Empire.

Other areas begin to glow green, first a small well-defined center and then scattered patches or single lights.

WILLARD

Since we destroyed the Empire’s Death Star, many more systems have found courage to join the rebellion.  At the last count, one thousand and twenty-six.  But as you see, we’re widely scattered and still vastly inferior in ships and men.  This base, if we can establish and hold it, is strategically placed for….

He breaks off and looks up, as they all do, as Han Solo flings the door open and enters.

WILLARD

Captain Solo, I believe you were ordered to report at once.  Where have you been? Something more important delayed you no doubt.

Han reddens. Princess Leia puts a hand on Willard’s arm.

LEIA

I’ll handle this.  Please continue, gentlemen.  Han—

24  (cont.)

She walks quickly to Han, whose mouth is open on an angry retort.  He shuts it as she smiles at him.

LEIA

Let’s go outside.

They go

25  THREEPIO AND ARTOO

They have watched this; they see Han and Leia go out, and Threepio gives the robotic equivalent of a chuckle.

THREEPIO

For a moment I really thought Captain Solo was going to simply fuse all his circuits.  He’s as undisciplined as you, Artoo.

Artoo makes a rude noise and continues to manage the board as men’s voices continue behind them at the plotting tank.

THREEPIO

(serious now)

I have to admit I’m worried.  What the commander says is true.  The Empire is so powerful even without the Death Star, and we’re taking an awful chance with this base…putting all our eggs in one basket, as it were.

Artoo makes a series of whistling sounds.

THREEPIO

We don’t have haven’t got enough eggs for two baskets?  That’s a profound remark, Artoo.  I’ll treasure it.

26  EXT DOCKING BAY – DAY

Leia has drawn is leading Han into a quiet area of the hangar.  Han has recovered his good humor and is bending over Leia with a smile.  But her small face is serious and intent.

LEIA

So you saw no signs of any inhabitants.

HAN

(Shaking his head)

Hostile or otherwise.  Leia…

LEIA

Where’s Luke?

26  (cont.)

HAN

He’ll be along.  He had to go look at something pretty on the other side of the ridge.

(halts)

Leia, I’ve been meaning to…

She holds up her hand imperiously, every inch a princess.

LEIA

Han.  I want you to Listen to me.  And you’re not going to like what I have to say.

(a beat)

We’ve been in touch with your stepfather.

Han’s face changes, hardens.  He steps back from her.

HAN

He’s not my stepfather.

LEIA

Well, whatever he is.  He was fond of you once…of all the people in the galaxy, you’re the only one he might listen to.

HAN

No.  And anyway, he won’t

LEIA

He’s agreed to talk to you.

HAN

He has.  Well, that’s fine.  I don’t want to talk to him.

LEIA

I don’t know why you quarreled with him and ran away from him.  I don’t care.  All that matters is that Ovan Marekal is the most powerful man in the galaxy next to the Emperor himself…and Darth Vader.  Through the his Transport Guild he controls…

HAN

(impatiently)

he controls all the pilots and navigators in commercial space, and wars aren’t won entirely with weapons.  I know that.  I also know that Ovan Marekal goes with the winning side, and that’s the Empire.  He doesn’t exactly love it, but that’s where the power is.

26  (cont.)

27  INT ICE CORRIDOR – DAY

Han and Leia have stopped now in an unfinished side corridor away from the noise and activity of the docking area.  The corridor stretches away into dimness beyond where the light strip ends.  Leia is looking up at Han, and he at her neither of them see what might be vague shadowy motion, white-on-white, at the far dim end of the corridor.

LEIA

You might change his mind.

HAN

I might.  And all this ice might melt and become a tropical garden.  Leia…

LEIA

(ignoring his tone)

When If the Emperor crushes the rebellion and comes to full power, how long does Ovan Marekal think his precious Guild will last?  Han, we must have him on our side.  You must try to win him for us.

Han puts his hands gently on either side of the (sic) Leia’s face, turning her lips toward his his (sic).  He bends over her.

HAN

Leia…for you…I’d try even that…

LEIA

You would?  For me?

She smiles.  Now his arms go around her.  He pulls her closer to him and for a moment it seems that she is melting in his arms, ready for his kiss.  In the background, unnoticed, the dim white shapes move and watch.  At the very last minute, Leia slaps Han’s face with a resounding crack and he starts back, letting her go, thoroughly startled.  Coldly angry, she faces him.

LEIA

Captain Solo, a great war is raging.  What you would do for me, or I for you, are matters of no consequence.  The mission is vital.  The success or failure of the Rebel Alliance may depend on it.  As an officer of that Alliance, do you will you or will you not accept the mission?

HAN

(rigidly)

I’ll think about it.  Your Highness.

27  (cont.)

She turns and stalks away and he follows her.  Behind them at the end of the corridor the white-on-white shadows seem also to have departed.

DISSOLVE TO

28  INT SNOWMAN CAVE – DAY NIGHT

Luke Skywalker lies on the floor of an ice cave, alone.  Somewhere in the recesses of the cave we can hear voices; the deep growling unhuman voices like the grinding of rocks together of rocks, the cadence very slow, the rise and fall of tones very limited.  We can understand no single word; perhaps there are no words.  Yet there is menace in the voices, chillingly alien and incomprehensible.

Luke stirs.  The cave is suffused with a strange light, as of starlight but much brighter.  Luke’s face is covered in dried or frozen blood on one side.  He sits up, touching himself to discover the extent of his injuries, looking about him, listening to the muttering voices.  His light-saber is still holstered at his side.  He can see no one.  Gathering himself, moving unsteadily, he steals toward what appears to be the cave mouth.

He has almost reached it when, through glittering shapes of ice at one side, a gigantic white form emerges and bars the way.  It reaches for Luke with huge amorphous paws, grating and grumbling, and for a moment Luke stands appalled…and then a voice seems to speak to him very softly and quietly, a remembered voice a familiar and well-loved voice.

BEN’S VOICE (over)

Remember the Force, boy.  Let the Force be with you.  Open your mind to it, open your heart…

LUKE

Ben…Ben!

Stepping back from the monstrous form, only half glimpsed in the starlight, Luke seems to grow taller, to take on stature, his weakness leaving him.  He draws the light-saber, and when the beast lunges at him he moves expertly, slashing with the beam…and the beast with one strange cry vanishes in a burst of vapor back into the icy formations.

Luke runs out of the cave.

29  EXT ICE PLANET PLAIN – NIGHT

Luke runs across the snowy plain under a night sky of incredible magnificence, with the great star cluster burning overhead.  At the mouth of the cave behind him there are groanings and grumblings and moving shapes but the

29  (cont.)

creatures do not attempt to follow.

30  EXT ICE PLANET PLAIN – NIGHT

Luke runs on, a small figure in the vastness of snow and cluster-light.  His pace begins to slow and his track weaves from side to side.  He stumbles, goes to his hands and knees.

LUKE

Ben…help me.  I can’t control…The Force.  It’s gone.

There is no help.  Luke drags himself erect.  And stagger

LUKE

Please help me, Ben.  Please help…

He staggers on, toward the foot of a long slope of snow.  He essays the ascent, falls again, and lies still for a moment, then begins painfully to crawl upward.

31  HAN SOLO, LEIA, AND OTHERS

A search party pulls up mounted on snow-lizards pulls up at to (sic) top of the slope some distance away and Han points to the still figure of Luke lying in the snow.

HAN

There he is!

LEIA

Thank God.

They race down the slope toward Luke.

DISSOLVE TO

32  INT BASE SICK BAYDAY NIGHT

Threepio and Artoo hurry together down a long corridor cut from the ice of the base.

THREEPIO

Poor Master Luke!  If I’d been with him, this might never have happened.

Artoo beeps and whistles.

THREEPIO

Certainly my joints would have frozen, but not at once, and I might have been able to -what is it now?

CONTINUED

32  (cont.)

Passing the mouth of a side corridor, Artoo has halted and turned, apparently caught by something he sees or senses in the side corridor.  He takes a few tentative steps into the side corridor, beeping uncertainly.

THREEPIO

What do you mean, you saw something?  It’s only storage space, and not even finished yet.

He follows Artoo into the corridor.

33  INT SIDE CORRIDOR – NIGHT

At the end of the corridor, where the light does not reach, there is a suggestion of movement, white-on-white.  Artoo begins making urgent noises, halting abruptly.  Threepio peers into the dimness.

THREEPIO

Nonsense, you silly collection of spare parts!  Your sensors are You’d better have your sensors checked…the cold here seems to be affecting them.  Come along now…

(but Artoo is way ahead of him, scooting back into the main corridor)

Artoo!  Wait for me!

34  INT MAIN CORRIDOR – NIGHT

But Artoo is waiting for no man, nor robot.  Beeping furiously, he hurries on, with Threepio lumbering in his wake.

THREEPIO

Artoo!  Wait..!

35  INT BASE SICK BAY – NIGHT

Luke lies in a bunk in the small sick bay, his face roughly bandaged.  Leia hovers sits on the side of the bunk, holding his hand, her face showing her concern.  Han Solo, standing at the foot of the bunk, does not miss this.  Commander Willard is also there.

LUKE

I don’t know what they are.  I couldn’t get a good look at them, even at the one I killed or drove away.  It just…vanished.  I only know they’re big huge and white, and coldthey seem to live in the snow and ice the way sharks do in waterAnd they’re just about as friendly.

CONTINUED

35 (cont.)

WILLARD

Could you make any estimate as to their number? Were there many of them?

LUKE

NoI don’t know.  I heard strange voices.

An inner door of the bay opens and a DOCTOR and NURSE enter.

DOCTOR

Your Highness…Commander.  This man has lost an awful lot of blood, and his wounds need attention.  I must ask you….

WILLARD

One moment, Doctor.  This is vital.  Skywalker…do you believe that these snow-creatures pose any threat to the base?

LUKE

I can’t…

He is interrupted by a beeping and whistling o.s. outside.  The outer door opens.  Artoo and Threepio enter.

LUKE

Artoo!  Threepio!

THREEPIO

Master Luke.  Oh, Master Luke!  If I’d only been there to help…

LUKE

The Force helped me.

HAN

(derisively)

The Force!

LUKE

Yes.  I heard old Ben…or I thought I did…telling me to open my mind to the Force, and I must have because suddenly I was strong and able to fight kill the thing fight.  That’s how I got away.

HAN

You only got one of them.  Why didn’t the others follow you?

LUKE

Maybe they’re afraid of the night sky, the cluster of [unreadable] the Force. The Force held them. But after that I lost it. But after I lost it, I couldn’t get it back.  If you hadn’t found me, I…

(he shakes his head, then starts up in alarm)

My sabre.  My father’s light-sabre.  Where is it?

CONTINUED

35  (cont.)

THREEPIO

Right here, Master Luke.

The saber lies on a table nearby.  Luke reaches out for it and Threepio picks it up…fumbles it…grasps the hilt…

36  CLOSE SHOT

On Threepio’s hands with the light sabre.  As he grips the hilt awkwardly there is a sharp click and something crystalline and shiny pops out of a hidden recess in the hilt.

THREEPIO

Oh dear.

36  BACK TO SCENE

THREEPIO

Oh, dear, what have I done?  I’ve broken it, Master Luke

HAN

No, wait a minute, wait a minute, calm down.

He takes the sabre from Threepio and studies it.

HAN

Stupid contraptionYou’d do better to throw the thing away and get yourself a good blaster.  It’s a miracle he could do anything with this antique.  Let’s see – There’s a little stud here hidden here.  It activates a spring and….

LUKE

(almost feverishly)

Let me have it…

DOCTOR

Skywalker, if you want….

LUKE

Let me have it, Han!

The Doctor shrugs and Han gives Luke the saber.  Luke looks at the crystal projecting from the hilt.  He works it gently with his fingers, and it comes free.

LUKE

Yes.  It belongs there.  It fits.  But what is it?

Artoo, who has kept up a steady, if subdued, beeping, now gives a shriller whistling.

THREEPIO

I could have told him that, Artoo.

36  (cont.)

LUKE

A memory cell…like from a computer?

LEIA

Luke…put it away now and let the doctor….

But Artoo, having finally managed to get people’s attention, goes into a renewed burst of urgent noises.

HAN

What is he babbling about?  He hasn’t shut up once since he came in here.

THREEPIO

He claims he saw something big and white moving at the end of a corridor.  Sheer nonsense, of course, and I’ve told him to have his sensors…..

Threepio suddenly becomes aware of the frozen stares he is getting from everyone in the room.

THREEPIO

It is nonsense…isn’t it?

WILLARD

Princess…I think we’d better continue this the discussion outside and let the doctor get on with his work.

DOCTOR

That would be niceI’d appreciate it.

LUKE

Leia…if those things are in the base….

LEIA

We’ll be careful.  Don’t worry.

She kisses him quickly on his unbandaged cheek.  They all go out, Artoo giving one final triumphant beep.  Doctor and nurse approach Luke’s bed.  He is still holding the saber and the crystal.  Staring at the crystal, he starts to replace it in the sabre-hilt, fumbling a bit from weakness.

DOCTOR

Perhaps you’d better let me do that.

LUKE

No.  I’ll manage.

Fascinated, he stares at the enigmatic crystal.  CAMERA MOVES IN TO A CLOSE on the glittery thing and

DISSOLVES TO

37  CLOSE SHOT

A moving beam of light reflects splintered radiance from knobs and spikes of ice on a rough ice wall.

WILLARD’S VOICE

(over)

No sign of anything here now.

38  INT SIDE CORRIDOR – NIGHT

Willard, holding a torch in one hand and a blaster in the other, Han and Leia each armed with a blaster, stand in a wary group of with Threepio and Artoo.

HAN

It’s possible Artoo was mistaken.

Artoo makes a noise like Hmph! They start to move back into the main corridor.

WILLARD

I’m afraid we have to believe that…Artoo…assume that –

He breaks off and they all pause a moment as the dull booming shock of an explosion somewhere reaches them from somewhere in the base.

LEIA

I’ll be glad when they stop that.

WILLARD

We all will.

39  INT MAIN CORRIDOR – NIGHT

As they come back into the main corridor.

WILLARD

We have to assume that Artoo saw exactly what he said he did.

LEIA

But how in the world could these creatures get into the base?

WILLARD

There’s no rock around us – just ice.  They could tunnel.

HAN

And What could they do, anyway?  They sound very primitive…just animals.

WILLARD

Nevertheless, until we know a little more about it I’m going to

39 (cont.)

Suddenly alarm hooters begin to SOUND all through the base and mechanical voices speak through boom through speakers mounted in the corridor.

VOICE FROM SPEAKER

Red alert!  Red alert!  Security squads Six and Eight to Sector K-12 on the double!  All other personnel evacuate the area immediately.  I repeat, Red Alert.  All personnel report to assigned stations.

WILLARD

K-12…that’s where they’ve been blasting.

He starts to run.  Leia and Han follow.  The mechanical voice and the hooting continue as a blurred background as they go.  Threepio and Artoo hesitate.

THREEPIO

Report to assigned stations.  Thank heaven ours is nowhere near K-12!  Come on, Artoo!  We’re needed.

They take off in along the corridor.

40  INT SECTOR K-12 – NIGHT

Several A number of bodies are sprawled around like dolls hurled and broken by giant children.  Heavy equipment is smashed.  The security people are standing around looking baffled, with nothing to shoot at.  Willard, Leia, and Han are looking at the death and destruction, their faces grim.  At one side a WOMAN in uniform coveralls stands weeping, a security man beside her.

WILLARD

(to Han)

You were asking what they could do.

(Han nods)

Corporal, Bring the sergeant her over here.

The security man brings the weeping woman to Willard.  He looks at her shoulder patches.

WILLARD

SergeantTechnician, First Class.

The woman straightens up and controls herself.

WOMAN SERGEANT WOMAN

Yes, sir.  Monitoring the blasting excavation procedures.  I’m sorry, sir.  It’s just that I saw them…great white things.  All of a sudden they were here, and this all happened…in seconds.  So fast!

40 (cont.)

WILLARD

And how did they get away?

SERGEANT WOMAN

They seemed to just…disappeared.

WILLARD

I see.  Thank you.  Dismissed.

(the woman goes; Willard looks at Han)

You were asking what these primitive animals could do.

Han nods.  He and Leia and Willard leave the area as clean-up operations begin and paramedics arrive.

41  INT BASE – NIGHT

Leia, Han, and Willard walking across the main hangar.

WILLARD

I’m putting the base on a 24-hour Red Alert…maximum precautions, everyone to go armed at all times –

LEIA

Can we control these creatures?  Do we dare to take the risk?

They halt, and Willard looks around at the ships, a haggard and tired man.

WILLARD

Princess, we don’t do not dare not to take the risk.  If we move, searching for another base…with all this to do over again…there’s no chance we’d get away with it.  This base is our best hope.  We’ve got to hold onto it.  At least here, so far, we’re safe from the Empire.

(turns to look at Han)

Has Captain Solo granted us a decision yet on whether he will he’ll undertake the mission to Ovan Marekal?

HAN

Why don’t you just order me to go, Commander?

CONTINUED

41  (cont.)

WILLARD

Because I have Princess Leia’s orders not to do that.

LEIA

Either you go of your own free will, Han, or there’s no point in your going at all.  Good night, gentlemen.  If you need me, Commander, I’ll be in the sickbay.

HAN

Where are you going?

LEIA

Back to the sickbay, to make sure Luke’s all right.

She strides away, her back straight and uncompromising.  Han looks after her with a peculiar expression.

Secretly, tired as he is, Willard smiles.

DISSOLVE TO

42  EXT TON MUUND – DAY  ESTABLISHING

View of an enormous city, covering all we can see of a planet.  CAPTION:  TON MUUND, THE CITY-PLANET, ADMINISTRATIVE CENTER OF THE EMPIRE.

43  EXT BUILDING – DAY

(Ton Muund should have an odd sort of daylight; perhaps a blue star)

One of a complex of mighty, squat, towering buildings with a look of cold efficiency about them, totally devoid of beauty.

44  INT DARTH VADER’S QUARTERS – TON MUUND – DAY

The office room is large, Spartan in its furnishings, with a bank of communicators and computer terminals indicating that it is an office devoted to the business of the Empire.

DARTH VADER, huge, black-clad and caped cloaked, his face hidden by the black breathing mask, stands in watching as two of his minions interview an alien ALIEN…a very alien-looking alien who speaks in quick chittering bursts, glancing uneasily at Vader’s menacing height.  One of the minions is an INTERPRETER, who listens to the alien speech and then relays the translation to Vader and the other minion, who is recording it the conversation.

44  (cont.)

INTERPRETER

This individual is a native of one of says it is a small trader the worlds of the Granida Cluster makes occasional small trader voyages into the Granida Cluster, where he has several contacts…

VADER

Thief, smuggler, and slaver.  No one else goes into the Granida.  Continue.

There is another brief exchange of chittering and squeaking.

INTERPRETER

As the individual was approaching he was leaving the Cluster, still at light speed normal velocity, he it saw a number of ships drop out of hyper-space and head away from the clusterHe It counted twenty-three, all most of these bearing rebel insignia.  Because of the intense glare of the cluster, they did not see himHe It did not dare to follow them, but he it was able to get a fix on the direction of flight –

VADER

The coordinates, man!  Give me the coordinates!

More chittering and squeaking.  The interpreter looks unhappy.

INTERPRETER

Lord Vader, the individual believes that this information is of considerable value to the Empire.  It desires a reward…

VADER

Naturally.  Whatever it requests. The Empire is gracious to its friends.  Give me the coordinates.  Or the name of the solar system.  Anything.

More chittering.  The interpreter writes down a series of numbers.  Vader gestures to him to hand the paper to the second man.

VADER

Put it on the screen.

The second man sets up a pattern on a keyboard.  A huge screen lights up, showing the lower segment of the Granida Cluster.  A light-pointer appears in the area where the rebel ships were sighted.  It begins to move, away from the cluster.  The picture moves with it, leaving the cluster farther behind.  Vader watches tensely.  A spot of light appears…a star…planets.  The pointer zeroes in on the solar system, and stops.  Vader’s great gauntleted hand crashes down on a table-top in triumph.

44  (cont.)

VADER

(to interpreter)

Remove this unpleasant lump of protoplasm from my sight.  Give it whatever its heart desires, if it has a heart…but see that it’s kept under lock and key until we’re sure it’s the information is accurate.

And he sweeps out of the office, striding like a man with a mighty purpose.

DISSOLVE TO

45  INT SICKBAY – THE REBEL BASE – DAY

Luke is up and around the sickbay, convalescent.  He still looks a bit shaky and his face shows some scarring.  Leia is with him.  They speak are in the midst of a tentative, and very tender love scene.

LUKE

You must have spent a lot of time here, Leia LeiaIt seemed to me that whenever every time I woke up you I could see you, sitting beside the bed.

LEIA

All the time I could spare.  You very nearly didn’t make it.  The doctor said if it hadn’t been for your helmet…

(she shivers)

You were lucky.

LUKE

And those snow-things are inside the base.

LEIA

There hasn’t been another attack since that night.  Perhaps they’ve been scared off.

LUKE

Leia, I wish you’d go somewhere safe.

LEIA

There isn’t any safe place for me, you know that.  Not as long as Darth Vader and the Empire….

LUKE

Leia….

45  (cont.)

He takes her in his arms and kisses

 

LUKE (cont.)

I love you.  I want to keep you safe.

He kisses her and she returns it…a sweet and tender kiss.  Then she pushes him gently away.

LEIA

Dear Luke.  Please Try to understand.  Whether I will it or not, I’m the Princess Leia Organa, a leader of the rebel forces…

LUKE

(sadly)

And I’m just the farmboy from Tatooine.

LEIA

You’re Luke Skywalker, the fighter pilot who destroyed the Death Star.  You have duties, Luke, just as I have.  …much greater ones than we can could possibly have owe to each other.  It isn’t that I couldn’t love youthere isn’t any place for love – not now.

LUKE

(tries to take her in his arms again)

Do you, Leia?  Say itMight there be – later?

LEIA

(unhappily, backing off)

Luke…I wish…

She is interrupted by a brisk knock on the door.

LEIA

Yes…come in.

Han Solo enters, looking very brisk, brash, and pleased with himself.  Leia seems relieved to see him.  Luke is somehow, subtly, relegated to the background.

LEIA

Oh…hello, Han.

HAN

I was looking for you, Hello, Leia.  They told me I’d find you up here.  How’s it going, Luke?  You’re looking great.

LUKE

I’m Fine, thanks.

HAN

Good.  We thought for a while there you were going to leave us.

CONTINUED

45  (cont.)

HAN

You’re looking great, kidI’m Glad to see hear it.  Leia, I wanted to tell you…

LEIA

You’ve decided to undertake the mission.

HAN

How did you…?

LEIA

(smiling)

I know you better than you know yourself.

HAN

(wincing)

A man always hates to hear a woman tell him that.  It might just be true, and what a catastrophe that would be!

LEIA LUKE

(eagerly)

Can I go with you, Han?  I’m strong enough now.

HAN

No, I can’t take anyone, Luke.  Just me and Chewbacca.  Chewie’s been there before, and anyway, Wookiees don’t get involved much with politics.  See, Ovan Marekal knows he’s a prime target for assassination or kidnapping.  I’m one of the very few people in the galaxy who knows where to find him. I’m one of the few people in the galaxy who knows where to find him.  He lives a very private life.

LUKE

But he’s head of the Transport Guild.  He must….

HAN

A face on the vidscreen.  He even attends board meetings by remote control.  I’m one of the very few people in the galaxy who know where to find him.  Anyway, those were his orders.  Chewie and me, alone.  I’m sorry, Luke.  I’d really like to have you along.  But it’s not going to be any pleasure jaunt.

45 (cont.)

LEIA

It’s going to be very extremely dangerous.  That’s another reason I couldn’t order you to go.  I’m very grateful, too.  When do you plan to leave?

HAN

I’ve got a list of stores we’ll need.  As soon as we get them loaded….

LEIA

Come on.  I’ll see that the requisitions are put through right away.  Luke, why don’t you get some rest?

HAN

Chewie and I’ll be up to see you before we go.

She smiles at him and goes out arm in arm with Han Solo.

Leia and Han go out together.

46  LUKE

He looks after them, dejected.

LUKE

If I were a Jedi knight, she’d she’dlook at me the way she looks at him.

Full of anger and hurt pride, he goes to where the saber lies and picks it up, as if it holds the answer to all his problems if only he can find it.

LUKE

Why can’t I learn to control the Force?  If only old Ben had waited a little longer….

BEN’S VOICE

(very softly)

But I’d waited long enough, Luke.  It’s your time now.

LUKE

Ben!  Ben, tell me what to do.

He has not noticed that the door has opened and the nurse is watching him.

NURSE

I’ll tell you what to do, young man.  You climb right back into that bed, where you while I go and call the doctor.  You’re hallucinating again, hearing voi…

She breaks off, her jaw dropping, as Luke abruptly turns toward her, adopting an almost ritual pose with the light-saber [Missing]

46  (cont.)

She makes a brave attempt to stand her ground.

NURSE

Now, you stop.  Stop right there, Luke.  Luke…  You stay –

Luke is neither seeing nor hearing her.  His face is remote and strange.

NURSE

Luke, you can’t… The doctor… Doctor!  Doctor…!

She is running down the corridor, calling for the doctor.  Luke leaves the room, paying no attention.

CUT TO

47  INT BASE – DAY A DESERTED AREA – DAY

In a Threepio and Artoo are hurrying rather furtively along a corridor.  Threepio looks about nervously.

THREEPIO

You don’t sense anything, do you, Artoo?  I haven’t felt safe for one minute since….

He breaks off as Artoo beeps, stops and looks at him in horror.

THREEPIO

You do sense something?  Oh, my..!

He is turning around, on the verge of running, when Artoo beeps some more, impatiently.  Threepio calms down at once.

THREEPIO

Well, why didn’t you say so, instead of frightening the titanium out of me?

They go round a bend in the corridor and find Luke waiting in a kind of recess.

THREEPIO

We came as soon as we could, Master Luke.  I think they’re looking for you.

LUKE

I know they are.

He presses the stud in the hilt of his sabre and lifts out the crystal.

CONTINUED

47  (cont.)

LUKE

Artoo, you said this was a memory cell.  Can you read it?

Artoo beeps.

THREEPIO

He says he’ll try.  Insert it there, Master Luke.

He points to a slot that Artoo has opened on his front.  Luke inserts the crystal.  Artoo stands quietly humming for a moment, digesting.  Then he beeps and whistles.

THREEPIO

He says it appears to contain the coordinates of a star-system in the north-west quadrant a distant remote part of the galaxyVery far away, and neither of us is familiar with it.

Luke removes the crystal and stares at it.

LUKE

Perhaps it’s where my father was trained.  Perhaps if I went there…

{cut this down}

THREEPIO

But Master Luke…even if it were, there are no more Jedi knights.  Obi-Wan Ben Kenobi, or Ben as you call him, was the last.

Artoo beeps and whistles.

THREEPIO

All right, yes, I know.  Darth Vader is a is really the last Jedi knight, but Master Luke can hardly go to him for lessons!

(to Luke)

There’s no one left to teach you now.  Besides, we can’t leave our posts now here.

Luke sighs and replaces the crystal in the hilt.

LUKE

I suppose you’re right.  I’ll just have to…

A distant rumbling shock interrupts him; he stops until it has passed.

LUKE

…do the best I can myself.

47  (cont.)

Threepio follows him with Artoo.  As they go away, CAMERA PANS to show white shadows in the far depths of the corridor.  Faintly, like a menacing whisper, comes the SOUND of deep, grinding, grumbling voices.

DISSOLVE TO

48  EXT SPACE IN SPACE

The An Empire fleet moves swiftly through space in the cluster light.

49  INT DARTH VADER’S SHIP – THE BRIDGE

Darth Vader stands with a high-ranking OFFICER looking out the forward port.  Others are present in b.g.; the PILOT, NAVIGATOR, COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER.

NAVIGATOR

If the coordinates are accurate, Lord Vader, we should make star-fall in approximately two-and-a-half time units.

OFFICER

But then we still won’t know which planet the rebels have occupied… and you can be sure they’re well hidden.

DARTH VADER

I’ll know.  Already I can sense a disturbance in the Force.

OFFICER

Luke Skywalker?

DARTH VADER

Obi-Wan’s protégée apprentice knight who disabled my ship and sent me spinning off into space, to drift for days until I was rescued just before he blew up the Death Star.

(Vader laughs)

I should be grateful to him, at that.  He saved me from my life.  Perhaps I can find a suitable way to repay him.

 

The Officer look at him sidelong, uncomfortable.

49  (cont.)

DARTH VADER

(half to himself)

Obi-Wan’s fledgling.  He {Rewrite – Han did this.} disabled my fighter and sent me spinning off into space with all systems dead, even the radio…but I knew.  I knew when he destroyed the Death Star, using the Force to find the target.  I had much time to consider Master Skywalker while I was waiting to be rescued.  He’s too much like his father…

Darth Vader pauses, remembering old betrayals.  The Officer glances sidelong at him, uneasily; he does not break the silence.

DARTH VADER

His control is still rudimentary, but his potential is strong.  It must not be allowed to develop into a weapon for the rebels.

DISSOLVE TO

50  INT BASE – THE HANGAR – DAY

By the Millenium (sic) Falcon.  Chewie and some others a couple of WORK MEN are finishing a loading operation.  A little distance away, Han Solo is shaking hands talking with Willard, while Luke and Leia look on.  Luke has the light-saber holstered at his side.

WILLARD

I don’t need to stress again the importance of this mission.

HAN SOLO

But you’re doing it anyway.  Don’t you trust me?

WILLARD

I have to, Captain Solo.  Good luck.

He goes.  Han goes to Leia.

HAN

Leia…

LEIA

(smiling at him)

I know you’llHe’ll listen to you.  I know he –

A distant but very powerful explosion BOOMS.  Things shake and fall.  Everyone reacts, startled.

CONTINUED

50  (cont.)

HAN

If they’re not careful they’ll have the whole place down around our ears.

Chewie and the men start working again.  Han turns again to Leia.  And the lights go out.  There is a moment of intense quiet.

LUKE

The air-duct fans have stopped, too.

One of the workmen switches on a flashlight hand lamp.

LEIA

They’ll have the emergency generators on in a moment.

The second workman turns on a flashlight his hand lamp, making two wavering beams of light in the intense darkness.  From elsewhere in the base come sudden shouts and cries and the sound of blasters.

51  THE HANGAR DECK – FULL SHOT

HAN

Sounds like an attack in force.  Chewie, turn on the…

But Chewie growls an urgent warning.  It is answered by deep, grinding voices.

LEIA

There…over there!  Something moving!

51  THE HANGAR

The wavering swinging flashlight beams show huge, dim white shadows moving in the darkness, sliding swiftly just beyond the edges of the light.  Suddenly one of the workmen who has moved incautiously away from the Falcon in the effort to see, goes flying with a scream, broken by a huge paw.  He drops his His flashlight goes too.  Chewie fires his blaster.

LUKE

Leia!  Get inside the ship!

He draws his light-saber and activates it.  The blade sheds its strange radiance.  Everybody else is pulling blasters.  The white shapes move very swiftly, elusive targets.  The fighter The ship next to the Falcon in the bay goes over with a crash.  The Falcon itself begins to shake.  Chewie runs forward, firing at a white shape by the stern.  A flying piece of wreckage knocks the blaster from his hand.  Roaring, he grapples with the beast.  {Fight with Chewie/beast} Han seems to have killed one of the thingsMore wreckage and containers are hurled.  Leia is firing.  The second workman is killed.  Han runs toward Chewie and the beast; Chewie is huge himself, but he looks child-sized by

CONTINUED

51  (cont.)

comparison with his adversary.  He is also becoming covered with frost where the snow-creature touches him.  A human would have been dead by now; Wookiees are made of tougher stuff, but Chewie is not long for the world.  Han runs toward him for a close shot at the creature.  As he does so, another one of the creatures attacks Luke.  Luke wields the light-saber.  The beast easily eludes it and knocks Luke spinning, a glancing blow.  It rears over him for the death-blow.  Leia screams.

LEIA

Luke!

She runs toward him, firing, but misses as she is knocked down by a piece of debris hurled by the third creature.  Han perforce turns aside to help Luke.  The snow creature attacks him but he fires turns to attack him but he fires and the creature vanishes back into the darkness, whether hit or not.  Han hauls the half-stunned Luke to his knees, snarling.

HAN

The Force is not with you today, kid.  Get out of this.

He runs back toward Chewie.  Leia, unhurt, is now firing coolly from a kneeling position.

LEIA

Over here, Luke.  I’ll cover you.

But Luke, crushed and humiliated, stays where he is, the shining saber lying on the ice beside him.  Han runs in and gets off a close shot into the dim white body of the snow-creature.  There is a sound like an avalanche of boulders.  Both Chewie and Han go flying.  When they look up the creature has vanished and everything around them is quiet, though there are still sounds of turmoil in the distance.

HAN

I don’t believe those things.  Just one of them shook the Falcon…?!  And yet they’re like phantoms.

He scrambles up and goes to Chewie, who is picking himself up growling, wincing, and saying bad things in Wookie.  Leia goes to Luke picks up the saber and gets unsteadily to his feet.  Leia comes to him.

LEIA

Luke, are you hurt?

Luke is staring at the saber and does not look at her.

LUKE

No, I’m fine.

51  (cont.)

Luke turns and starts away.  Leia looks worried.  Han has been brushing the frost from Chewie’s fur.

HAN

A little moth-eaten, but I guess you’ll do.

(Chewie growls)

Get the lights on and we’ll check for damage.  Hey, Luke, where are you going?  Wait a minute.

Chewie climbs into the Falcon.  Han catches up with Luke.

52  LUKE, HAN, AND LEIA

HAN

Listen, I’m sorry I was so rough.  I didn’t mean it.  It’s just that…Luke, those light-sabers were ceremonial weapons, even for the Jedi knights.  They’re deadly, sure they are, but only at close quarters, hand to hand, and that snow-creature was just too fast for you.

LEIA

Luke hasn’t recovered yet, Han.  He’s still weak.

LUKE

You don’t have to defend me, Leia.  He’s right.  I almost got all three of you killed.

HAN

The point is, you’re going to get yourself killed.  I know old Ben got you all excited about the knights and the Force and all that stuff.  But you’ve got to stop daydreaming, kid.  You’re not a Jedi knight, and you never will be.

The Falcon’s landing lights come on, illuminating a part of the hangar deck.  Leia, sorry for Luke’s distress and anxious to break up the talk, interrupts.

LEIA

Well, that’s better.

WILLARD’S VOICE (o.s.)

Princess Leia!

Willard, with a hand-lamp, now comes running into the deck area from the war-room, calling.

WILLARD

CONTINUED

52  (cont.)

LEIA

I’m here, Commander.

WILLARD

Thank Heaven.  I’ll take you You’ll be safer in the war room…if there’s any safety anywhere.

Luke deactivates the saber, watching the light die.

LEIA

(to Willard)

What’s happening?

WILLARD

Everything.

(starts to lead her away)

HAN

I’ve got (sic) check out the Falcon.

He goes and Leia motions Willard to stop.  She looks at Luke.

LEIA

Come on, Luke.

Her gentle sympathy is more humiliating to Luke than a slap in the face blow.  It is the ultimate wound.  He holsters the saber.  Willard and Leia start on again and he trails after them, looking as if he had been whipped.

DISSOLVE TO

51  (cont.)

LEIA

(as Han goes)

Come on, Luke.

Her gentle sympathy and pity is more painful is more humiliating to Luke than a blow.  It is the ultimate wound.  He holsters the deactivates the sabre, watching the light die.  Holstering the weapon, he follows Leia, looking as if he had been whipped.

 

DISSOLVE TO

52 53 IN SPACE

The Empire fleet, approaching the system of the ice-planet.

53 54 INT DARTH VADER’S SHIP – THE BRIDGE

Darth Vader and the officer are stand on the bridge, looking through the forward port.

OFFICER

There is the system, Lord Vader.  There are four planets.  Which one?

Vader’s black gauntlet rises and points like the hammer of doom.

VADER

The outermost…there!

CAMERA ZOOMS in on the port, on the little icy ball glittering in the light of its primary.

OFF SCREEN VOICE

Attention all fleet units.  Assume attack formation.  Attack formation.

DISSOLVE TO

54  INT WAR ROOM – THE BASE

54  INT BASE

55  INT BASE – SERIES OF SHOTS

In dark corridors, men and women with handlamps run, the wildly-tossing beams glittering off the icy walls.  There is a confusion of voices, shouts, cries, screams, the deep grinding grumbling voices of the snow-creatures. A white-on-white spectre emerges from a side-corridor and tosses a man screaming to the roof of the corridor down which he has been running.  Men clatter down emergency ladders.  The sound of shots echo echoes irregularly from o.s.

56  BASE – THE GENERATOR LEVEL

Bodies lie about amid wrecked equipment and debris.  There is a portal completely blocked with fallen ice; from this ice-fall a pair of boots protrudes stiffly.  Above the portal a sign hangs drunkenly: GENERATOR ROOM.  An Several engineering-maintenance technicians CAPS run about, through other doorways, blasters in hand.  An ENGINEER speaks into a portable, self-powered radio unit.  He is understandably in shock.

ENGINEER

Chief Engineer, Squad Three, Generator Level.  I have a damage report…

57  INT BASE – THE WAR ROOM

Lighted by handlamps, the war-room resembles the catatonic ward of a mental hospital.  Technicians with nothing to do stand to (sic) beside their blacked-out panels.  Everything is dead.  Threepio and Artoo stand quietly.  Various officers and orderlies stand by, along with Princess Leia.  Luke looks on.  Willard is speaking into one of the self-contained walkie-talkie units.

WILLARD

Commander Willard here.  Go on.

INTERCUT with Engineer on Generator Level.

ENGINEER

Sir, the main generators…there isn’t even a generator room left.  Relays are burnt out right across the board…cables fused…power surge of some kind…probably what blew the

WILLARD

Let’s skip the technical speculations for the moment.  Have you checked the emergency generators?  They should cut in automatically.

ENGINEER

My men are doing that now.

 

57  (cont.)

ENGINEER

Haven’t had time yet.  It’s cold here.  Getting colder.

WILLARD

Engineer…we need those air pumps going again.  Check out those generators.  Jury rig anything you have to but get those air pumps going again.

ENGINEER

Sir…The main pumps…they’re wrecked.

He is looking through another portal at a mass of twisted metal.

WILLARD

The back-up system, then, get on it, man.  We’re going to run out of breathable air pretty quick now.

ENGINEER

Yes, sir.

58  INT BASE – GENERATOR LEVEL

The engineer

ENGINEER

Yes, sir.

He beckons to his squad and they hurry after him into an adjoining chamber and begin into an adjoining corridor.

59  INT BASE – GENERATOR LEVEL

The engineer and his squad enter a chamber containing the emergency generators and a bank of pumps.  They walk around quickly, inspecting the equipment.  The engineer speaks into his radio.

ENGINEER

It looks all right, sir.  Power packs intact.  Pumps haven’t been damaged.  We’ll have to start the generators manually…

Suddenly there are ghostly white shapes all around and a man screams, and the deep grinding voices blot out human speech.

60  INT BASE – GENERATOR LEVEL

Running for his life, a man comes out of the generator room.  As he runs, an overhead pipe bursts suddenly, drenching the man with water which instantly freezes, encasing him in ice.  The water itself freezes into a gigantic icicle.

61  WAR ROOM

In utter silence, everyone listens horrified to the sounds issuing from Willard’s radio…screams, the deep grinding voices, then another explosion.  The radio goes dead.

DODONNA

WILLARD

That explains This is why the creatures have been so quiet since that first attack.  They were making planning a concerted effort to drive us off their world completely.

WILLARD

Well, it They’ve succeeded very wellWithout power and an air supplyWith no power and no air, we won’t survive long.

People are running past the room outside, onto the hangar deck.  A MAN runs in.  the vanguard of people fleeing the terror below.  A MAN comes in unceremoniously, shouting panicky.

MAN

The water pipes are bursting.  The water’s freezing everything…people freezing right where they stand.  water freezing everything..people The lower levels are filling up with ice.  And those creatures…they’re everywhere.

WILLARD

Get on to your evacuation area.

(to OFFICER)

Pass the order…immediate evacuation.  clear the base, immediately.

He turns to Dodonna and Leia and the senior officers.

WILLARD

Now we have to make a decision.  Do we evacuate to the surface and try to find some way of combating these beasts …these…I don’t know what to call them, mere beasts would be incapable of doing what they’ve done, and they’re certainly not human…or shall we bow to them and abandon the base entirely?

Luke, who has been sitting quietly in his corner, with an increasingly strange look on his face as if he listens to something far away, now speaks up.

LUKE

Leia.  Leia, tell them to go.  Now.

They stare at him, and Leia puts her hand out to him.

LEIA

Why, Luke?  What is it?

61  (cont.)

LUKE

I can’t explain it.  I just feel…danger.  Dark.  Reaching…

DODONNA

(not unkindly)

I’m afraid This is too big a decision to be made on the basis of a hunch.  We….

The radio comes alive abruptly, a man’s voice sharp with panic.

MAN’S VOICE

(on radio)

Condition Red!  Condition Red!  Does anyone read me?

WILLARD

(into radio)

Commander Willard here.

62  INT BASE – UPPER RADAR INSTALLATION

In one of the hollowed-out ice towers of the castle, two RADAR TECHNICIANS stare at a screen.  The screen shows a large number of unmistakable blips.  One of the men has the radio.

RADAR MAN

Sir, this is Radar Installation Six.  Operating on power-pack.  Our screen shows ships approaching…attack formation…a whole fleet, heading straight for us.

63  THE WAR ROOM INTERCUT with Willard in the war room.

A wave of shock has gone around the room as this news penetrates.  White-faced, Willard asks a question.

WILLARD

How long do we have?

RADAR MAN

Estimate…no more than contact in twenty minutes before contact.

63  INT WAR ROOM

Leia looks at Luke, who shakes his head as if not quite believing it.  Willard puts down the radio.  Dodonna is already barking orders to subordinates.

DODONNA

Find out how many guns we’ve got operative up there.  Tell the crews to hold We’ll hold out as long as we can to cover the evacuation.  And get those people moving!

An OFFICER comes up.

OFFICER

Sir, shall I scramble the fighters?

DODONNA

No.  We can’t stop to pick them up.  And there’s no point in wasting good men.  We’re going to lose enough as it is.

Willard has gone to Leia.

WILLARD

Princess, you must go now, at once.

LEIA

Wait a minute.  Luke…in case of evacuation, you and Artoo and Threepio were supposed to go with Han, weren’t you.

LUKE

Yeah…we were all kind of extra personnel.

LEIA

Well, you can’t now do that now.

WILLARD

And I’m afraid some of the ‘droids will have to be left behind.

A shudder goes through Threepio, and Artoo whistles plaintively.

LUKE

(fiercely)

Not these two.  Unless you want to leave me with them.

LEIA

My spacer will hold five if Artoo doesn’t mind being crowded a little.

Artoo indicates that he won’t mind it at all.  Threepio all but faints.

THREEPIO

[Missing]

63  (cont.)

LEIA

(looks around)

Sedge!

A PILOT in a flying suit shoulders his way to Leia, and salutes.

LEIA

Oh, there you are.  Let’s go.  I’ve got to warn Han…he must get away.

They all move out of the war room, into the increasing tumult and confusion beyond.

64  INT BASE – THIRD LEVEL

The group hurrying toward the hangar deck.

LEIA

Luke, how did you know that You couldn’t have known the fleet was coming.

LUKE

I didn’t.  It’s crazy…what I felt was like the Force, but…The dark side of the Force.  That’s what Ben called it.

LEIA

Darth Vader.

LUKE

Could be.  We knew he’d been picked Could be.  We know he was picked up by an Imperial ship after the Death Star blew upI guess Hey, you’ve got to get away.  If he takes you again…

LEIA

Han’s more important than I am right now, and…look there!

65  INT BASE – THE HANGAR DECK

In the distance the Falcon stands in the bright pool of its lights.  Han and Chewbacca, with welding equipment, are working on one of the after lifting vanes.  Leia runs

CONTINUED

65  (cont.)

toward the Falcon.

LUKE

(to Threepio)

Help Sedge get Artoo into the spacer.

(starts after Leia)

SEDGE

I can manage.  There’s a magnetic lift hoist right over there.  But there’s no power to open bays.  See if you can operate the manual controls.

The Falcon Leia’s spacer, much smaller than the Falcon, is in another bay, across from the Falcon one where the Falcon is.  Men are already straining to open the doors of the Falcon’s bay these doors.  Reluctantly, Luke looks after Leia and goes with Threepio in the opposite direction.  The two of them begin to heave on the manual controls wheel, which resists.

66  INT BASE – SERIES OF QUICK SHOTS

Men with battery-powered loud-hailers run along the corridors.

MEN WITH LOUD-HAILERS

Condition Red!  All personnel to evacuation areas!  Move!

And the people are moving.  running through the corridors, swarming up ladders.  Bodies lie about here and there.

MAN WITH LOUD-HAILER

Get to your evacuation areas!

He turns a corner and skids to a halt, staring in horror.  The people in the corridor ahead are frozen, encased in ice.  Huge icicles depend from the pipes.  The man turns to run.  The pipe overhead ruptures and he too is frozen.

67  THE HANGAR DECK

At the Falcon.  Han and Leia are shouting at each other.

HAN

Imperial fleet or not, we can’t fly until we get this fixed.

LEIA

Well, hurry up!

67  EXT BASE – DAY

On the snow-plain in front of the ice-castle, Imperial ships land.  The transports disgorge great tank-type crawlers and armored troopers.  Gun-emplacements in the upper castle open up.  The tank guns fire back.  Troops and tanks attack the ice-castle.

68  INT BASE – THE HANGAR

The rumblings and shocks of heavy gunfire are transmitted from above.  Men and women pour into the hangar deck, into the ships.  Loud-hailers bellow.

69  THE FALCON

Leia, hugging herself with cold and impatience, watches Han and Chewie.

LEIA

Aren’t you finished yet.  I could do better with a needle and thread.

70  LUKE AND THREEPIO

In the opposite bay.  They’re still wrenching at the wheel, the bay doors have begun to open.  Luke is looking nervously at the Falcon.  The pilot, Sedge, has just finished lifting Artoo into the spacer with a magnetic hoist.

LUKE

THREEPIO

Is it very cold here, Master Luke? This mechanism appears to be partly frozen.

LUKE

No wonder.  So am I. It’s cold.  There…I think it’ll go now.  Threepio, go and get the Princess Leia.

Threepio sets off.  The pilot begins to back the hoist away.  Luke heaves on the door, looking after Threepio, who disappears into the crowd.

71  EXT BASE – DAY

Imperial troops and tanks hammer at the ice castle.  Tank guns and castle guns carry out a vicious duel.  Casualties mount on both sides.  Part of the ice castle collapses, shattered by cannon-fire.

72  INT BASE

Quick SHOTS of corridors collapsing, people running to escape.

73  THE HANGAR DECK

At the Falcon.  Threepio runs up to Leia.  Chunks of ice begin to fall from the roof.  People are struck, injured, killed.

THREEPIO

Princess Leia!  Master Luke says to come now.

LEIA

Just a minute!

(to Han and Chewie)

Hurry!

HAN

We’re doing our best.  Why don’t you just get out?

Threepio tries to protect Leia from falling ice.  Water

74  THE HANGAR DECK

74  THE ROOF

CAMERA ponders for a moment on the network of pipes.

75  SEDGE

In another part of the bay, he has parked the lift out of the way and is climbing down to return to the spacer when a pipe overhead bursts and he is frozen in the act.  of

76 LUKE

He sees this, horrified.  The bay is open now.

LUKE

Sedge…

He begins to run toward the Falcon.  As he

 

76 77

Luke fights his way toward the Falcon.  He sees Han and Chewie jump down at last, their repairs completed.  He runs toward them, They and Leia and Threepio.

LEIA

LUKE

Leia!

Another overhead pipe lets go, spurting water in a curtain between him and the Falcon.  Some people are caught and frozen.  Han snatches Leia out of the way, but Threepio is frozen in a thin casing of ice by the edge of the spray.

CONTINUED

77  (cont.)

Luke halts, cut off.  Dimly he can see Han thrust Leia up the steps into the Falcon.  Chewie picks up the rigid Threepio and carries him after.  The hatch slams shut.

78  EXT BASE – DAY

The battle continues.  Imperial troops are forcing an entrance.

79  THE HANGAR DECK

The Falcon takes off through the bay doors.  Luke runs for Leia’s spacer, as more of the ceiling falls in.

80  INT COCKPIT – SPACER

Luke Artoo is beeping wildly as Luke straps himself into the pilot’s seat and scans the controls.

LUKE

Chewie took him Threepio into the Falcon.  I think he’ll be all right.  Quiet down.  I’ve got to figure these controls.

He figures them quickly and starts punching buttons.

81  THE HANGAR DECK

The spacer takes off.

82  INT SPACER – IN SPACE

Luke is dropping the ice-planet behind him as fast as he can…which is very fast indeed.

LUKE

(into helmet mike)

Han Falcon, do you read me?

83  INT. FALCON – IN SPACE

Han and Chewbacca at the controls.  Leia looks out of a port.  The frozen Threepio reposes stiffly where Chewie put him.  He is beginning to drip.

HAN

Yeah, Luke.  You okay?

LUKE

Off like a skyrocket.  This thing really [Missing]

83  (cont,)

HAN

All healthy.

LUKE’S VOICE

(on radio)

Threepio?

HAN

He’ll be all right when he thaws.  He (sic) already beginning to drip.

LEIA

Now that’s all settled, we’d better move.  Look there.

84  HER POV

Imperial ships are rising from the planet, pursuing the ships which are taking off, including the Falcon.

85  INT FALCON

Han and Chewie see the ships and Chewie growls.

HAN

(into radio)

‘Ware ships, kid.  How’ll we find you again?

86  INT SPACER – IN SPACE

LUKE

Never mind that now…just go!  Out.

He cracks on more speed.

87  INT FALCON – IN SPACE

HAN

Hang on!

He pours on the coal.  Leia, hanging on, watches the distant ships through the port.

LEIA

Can’t you go into hyper-space?

HAN

Not till we get farther out.  There’s a thing called gravity.  There’s also a thing called [Missing]

87  (cont.)

LEIA

Well, there’s also a thing called an Imperial destroyer, and it seems to be coming our way.

88  INT SPACER – DAY

Luke is nursing every last ounce of speed out of the fighter.  Artoo beeps a questioning note.

LUKE

If you’re asking where we’re going, little friend, I don’t know yet.  At least we don’t seem to have anybody on our tail.

89  IN SPACE

The spacer screams (figuratively) streaking through space at tremendous speed.

90  INT BASE

Darth Vader stands amid the shambles of the base, speaking to an unhappy-looking officer.

OFFICER

We haven’t found him among the prisoners, Lord Vader.  Unless he’s buried in one of the tunnels…

DARTH VADER

No.  He lives.  Leave me, you incompetent idiot.

The officer is glad to scuttle away.  Darth Vader stands and the pattern of his breathing changes.

DARTH VADER

(very softly)

Luke Skywalker.

91  INT SPACER – IN SPACE

Luke shakes his head.  It is suddenly difficult for him to breathe.

LUKE

What’s the matter?  I can’t breathe…

(checks the oxygen system)

Continued

91  (cont.)

He checks the oxygen system.

LUKE

(cont.)

No malfunction…

(his face changes; realization, horror)

No.  No, I won’t.  I won’t…!

But inexorably he is losing consciousness.  With the last of his strength he unholsters the light saber; desperately he releases the crystal.

LUKE

Artoo…

He sags in the harness, unconscious…or dead?  Artoo extends an auxiliary arm and picks up the crystal, beeping and whistling the while in a general tone of, “Why does everything happen to me?” and, “Humans are the oddest contraptions.”  Placing the crystal in the slot, he punches out some coordinates on the little navigational computer and then flips a toggle.

92  IN SPACE

The spacer vanishes, into hyper-space, leaving only a brief flicker behind.

93  INT BASE –

Darth Vader relaxes.

DARTH VADER

Good bye, Luke Skywalker.

He turns and stalks from the room.

DISSOLVE TO

94  IN SPACE

The Falcon racing through space.  Some distance behind it, a much larger ship is closing fast.

95  INT FALCON – IN SPACE

LEIA

There’s an Imperial destroyer closing on us.

The Falcon lurches as a shot from the destroyer bursts astern.

HAN

[Missing]

87  (sic) (cont.)

LEIA

Can’t you go into hyper-space?

Another blast rocks the ship.  Han takes evasive action.

HAN

Need a destination.  Can’t jump blind, and They must have I can’t take you to Ovan Marekal.  Marekal’s out unless you want to stay Weren’t you given a rendezvous point for your group?  I can drop you there and go on.

Leia pulls a cord from around her neck; a small metal cylinder container like a locket depends from it.

LEIA

Yes.  Just a minute.  These things have to be opened right the right way –

HAN

I know.  They’re anti-personnel bombs in case they get into the wrong hands.

(taking evasive action as the destroyer closes in)

Don’t blow it but don’t fiddle around, either.

LEIA

Here it is.

She extracts a metal strip chip to and She starts to give it to (sic) Han when a near miss, or a glancing hit, almost throws the Falcon over.  Red lights glow on the panel.

HAN

Just a second too late, Princess.  That one shook the teeth {Some corrections} out of our overdrive generator.  Keep her going, Chewie!  I’ll see what I can do.

He crowds back past Leia toward the generator hatch, passing Threepio on the way; he is the ‘droid is still encased in ice but visibly dripping.  Muffled sounds come from Threepio’s voice box, but Han ignores them.  He disappears down the through the hatch while the Falcon dances and leaps wildly.  Leia clings close to Chewbacca, who is outdoing himself as a pilot.

88  IN SPACE – RUNNING BATTLE – FALCON AND DESTROYER

The Falcon darts and swerves as the larger and faster destroyer inexorably overhauls it.  Bolts of energy from the destroyer’s guns burst brightly.

89  INT FALCON – LEIA AND CHEWBACCA

LEIA

What’s he doing down there?

Chewbacca makes a series of grunts and growls growling noises, as if wishing that Han would get the lead out of his spanners.  On the other hand, if the damage is too severe…

LEIA

What if he can’t fix it?

Again the Falcon leaps and yaws.  Chewie grunts.

LEIA

Even I can understand that.

90  IN SPACE – RUNNING BATTLE – FALCON AND DESTROYER

The destroyer pressing hard after the Falcon.  Her time is running out.

91  INT FALCON

Threepio is moaning and muttering through the ice, unintelligibly, as his still partially-rigid body is thrown about.  Leia is still with Chewie.  There is a particularly violent lurch, and Chewie’s grumblings indicate that accompanied by an anxious look around at the fabric of the ship, mean that the ship won’t hold together too much longer.  Suddenly, on the board panel, the red lights go off.  Chewie growls insistently at turns demandingly to Leia, talking a blue streak, holding out one paw urgently.  She hesitates, then hands him the metal strip metal chip.  He thrusts it into the computer.  Han emerges from the hatch just as Chewie slams in the overdrive.

HAN

Okay, let’s go!

Chewie slams in the overdrive.  The blazing stars become streaks of light as they go into hyperspace the Falcon makes the jump into hyperspace.  It’s suddenly quiet.

HAN

Chewie…just supposing that that had been a false reading on the panel, and I hadn’t really finished the repairs?

Chewie gives the Wookie equivalent of a shrug.

HAN

Yeah.  I guess you’re right.

continued

 

91  (cont.)

Shaken by the suddenness swiftness and violence of everything that has happened, and the abrupt cessation, for the moment anyway, of danger, everybody relaxes undergoes a reaction.  Han sinks down in the pilot chair.

HAN

(to Chewie)

Nice going.

Leia sinks down in the cabin.

LEIA

Nice going for both of you.  For a while there, I didn’t think…What is it, Threepio?

He is still making muffled noises.  Leia goes to him and with her fingers cracks the mask of ice covering his face.

THREEPIO

Oh, that’s much better.  Thank you, Princess Leia.  Do you think it would be too great an annoyance if I were to ask for some a little bit of oil, before my joints rust to prevent my joints rusting?

FADE OUT

FADE IN

92  EXT BOG PLANET – DAY

This is an eerie place, full of drifting mists and the distorted shapes of trees and undergrowth clawing upward out of mud and stagnant stagnant water.  There are pools, lakes, bogs.  Bubbles of marsh gas rise and burst with plopping noises.  Things slither and gubble (sic) through the mud, flap with weird screamings through the murky air.

An object appears in the sky.

93  EXT BOG PLANET – SKY AND LAKE POND

In the sky above a fair sized pond, or lake, an object appears, moving swiftly…Leia’s spacer.

94  INT SPACER – DAY

Luke is still comatose.  Artoo is flying the spacer, making noises both irritable and doubtful; this is not his job, and he’s making a botch of it.  Obviously he’s coming in too fast.

95  EXT BOG PLANET POND – DAY

The spacer comes in for a crash landing in the pond.  There is a mighty splash.

96  INT SPACER – DAY

Luke starts up, still dazed but roused by the shock.  The spacer is volplaning (sic) forward on momentum, sinking as it goes.

LUKE

What the…What’re you doing, Artoo?

Artoo beeps and whistles furiously.  The spacer, scudding forward, piles onto a muddy beach and comes to a jarring halt.  It settles comes to a jarring halt with its nose buried in a mudbank.  It settles gently into the water, remaining in its upper half remaining clear.  Artoo cuts the power.

LUKE

That was a great landing.  What happened to me?  Where are we?

Artoo beeps and produces the crystal.  Luke takes it.

LUKE

You brought me hereAnd I’ve been out ever since.  Artoo, I owe you an apology.  Hadn’t been for you

He gropes about for the light saber.

96  (cont.)

LUKE

Doesn’t look like much.  Let’s go see.

He rises and staggers back to the hatch.

97  EXT BOG PLANET SPACER AND POND – DAY

The hatch opens.  Luke falls into the water and starts to flounders ashore.  Artoo appears in the hatch.  He beeps, then steps forward and disappears with a splash into the water.

LUKE

Artoo!

He starts to go back.  But a small periscope appears above the water, turns till it gets a fix on him, then moves steadily through the water.  as the submerged Artoo trundles toward him we watch the periscope

98  ARTOO

We watch the periscope as the submerged ‘droid trundles toward the muddy beach.  Artoo emerges, retracting the periscope.  He swivels stands besides Luke’s prostrate form looks around for Luke, then moves to stand beside a prostrate body; Luke has passed out again.  Artoo bubbles electronic profanity and ejects a stream of muddy water.

DISSOLVE TO

99  CLOSE SHOT – DAY LUKE

On Luke’s face as he lies on the muddy ground.  There is a shadow across it.  He stirs and opens his eyes, blinks upwards.

100  LUKE’S POV

A darkish blur is hanging over him…something watching him.

101  LUKE

LUKE

Artoo?

He strives for a clearer focus.

102  LUKE’S POV

The dark blur wavers, then begins to clear.  A strange face peers down

102  (cont.)

peers down at him…wizened, froglike, totally unhuman, with with eyes that show a curious bright, intent eyes that show a curious mixture of intelligence and what could be madness.  Luke yells.  CAMERA PULLS BACK TO A WIDER ANGLE as he flounders away from the creature in fear.

LUKE

Artoo!

Artoo is nearby.  He beeps placidly irritably and the froglike creature, which is quite small and has a shiny slippery-looking skin, laughs at him.

MINCH

Skywalker.  Skywalker.  And why do you walk my sky do you come to walk my sky, with the sword of a Jedi knight?

LUKE

(astounded)

How do you know my…?  How is it you speak my…  Who are you?

MINCH

My name, or part of it, is Minch.  As for the language, I’ve always been ugly by your standards, but I haven’t always been old.  I’ve travelled the starways in my time.  And your name…that was easy.

He points to Luke’s communications belt.

LUKE

My communications belt.  ID.  All right, Minch.  What do you know about the Jedi knights?

MINCH

I knew them.

LUKE

(brightening)

You served them?

MINCH

(with an odd smile)

Yes, I served them.  I served them well.  I remember another Skywalker.

LUKE

My father.  Did you know Ben…Obi-Wan Kenobi…

(a wave of weakness comes over him; he finishes [Missing]

102  (cont.)

MINCH

You need food…and a certain [unreadable] restoratives.  You’ve had a close brush with the Force…the wrong side of it.

(he hops away)

LUKE

Wait!  Why do you say that?

MINCH

I can smell it.

He disappears into the muddy, misty swamp-growth.

LUKE

(to Artoo)

I remember now.  Just before I passed out, I felt…but this is weird.  He couldn’t know.  He’s just guessing, or making it up, trying to impress me.

Artoo makes a sour comment.  He doesn’t like Minch.

DISSOLVE TO

103  CLOSE SHOT – DAY

On a wooden bowl in Luke’s hands.  There is a wooden spoon.  The bowl is filled with a highly unappetizing-looking mess.

LUKE’S VOICE

What is this glop?

MINCH’S VOICE

Better eat it, Skywalker.

104  LUKE, MINCH, ARTOO

LUKE

If I do, it’ll come right up again.

MINCH

It’s all there is on this world.  So unless you mean to fly away…

(Luke looks sadly at the half-sunk spacer.  Minch laughs)

Obi-Wan Kenobi ate it…he and all the other boys young ones who came here to learn to be knights.

LUKE

Then this was a training center!  Is anyone left?  Anyone who can [Missing]

104  (cont.)

MINCH

(with mocking amusement)

Eat, Skywalker.  Eat, and dream.  And when you feel strong enough, you’d better wade out and find an oil-can for your bad-tempered friend.  This climate eats ‘droids.

Artoo makes a rude noise.  Minch hops away, laughing.

LUKE

Crazy little…  Well, how can you blame him, living in a place like this?

(looks at the bowl and steels himself)

I wonder if Ben was ever really here?

He raises a spoonful to his mouth, hesitates, shuts his eyes, forces the stuff in, and swallows.

LUKE

It’s not too bad, really, if you just don’t look at it.

DISSOLVE TO

105  IN SPACE INT FALCON – IN HYPERSPACE

Chewie is in the cockpit.  In the cabin, Han Solo and Leia are playing the three-dimensional chess game, or what you prefer.  Threepio sits quietly in the background.  Han is watching Leia closely; she seems distracted, occupied with thoughts of her own which she is finding disturbing.  She makes a misplay, and Han shakes his head.

HAN

Your mind’s not on it, Princess.

LEIA

I guess it isn’t.  We’re almost there, aren’t we?

(she rises and moves around the cabin)

HAN

Yeah.  We’ll have you at your rendezvous point and among friends in no time.  You don’t seem too happy about it.

LEIA

Perhaps it’s a mistake to have an interlude of peace and quiet like this.  You lose your fighting pitch…begin to think about other things…

105  (cont.)

HAN

Worried about Luke?

LEIA

Naturally.

THREEPIO

I, too, Mr. Solo.  And Artoo.  I do hope they’re all right.

HAN

(to Leia)

But that’s not the whole story, is it?

Chewie barks from the cockpit.

LEIA

I think Chewbacca wants you.

HAN

Mm.  Time to go sublight.

(rising, he puts his hand gently on her shoulder)

Leia…if you think I’m going to enjoy leaving you behind, not knowing if I’ll ever see you again, you’re wrong.

He goes into the cockpit.  Leia looks after him briefly, then looks down at her hands locked very tightly in her lap.

DISSOLVE TO

106  IN SPACE

The blackness of space, the glory of stars.  There is a wink and a shimmer as the spatial fabric is disturbed and Falcon drops out of hyper-space.

107  INT FALCON – IN SPACE

Han and Chewie in the cockpit.  Leia is close behind them still sits in the cabin, with Threepio.

HAN

Deflector screens up.  Good.  Okay, Chewie, that’s it.  Now we get a Get me a fix on the star.

THREEPIO

CONTINUED

107  (cont.)

Chewbacca growls suddenly and points to the tracking screen.

THREEPIO

No matter how many times I do it, going in and out of jump makes all my circuits simply leap with shock.

HAN

(looking into screen)

You want a really good shock?

Leia rouses up, the warrior princess again, and joins Han.

LEIA

What?

HAN

Look there.

LEIA

Empire ships?

HAN

Do we have a fleet in this area?

LEIA

No.  But how did they find out…?

An imperious voice suddenly speaks over the cockpit radio.

VOICE

Imperial cruiser Darkason.  Identify yourself.

HAN

(improvising swiftly)

Deep-space trader Verrill, out of Terrix, Empire Sector Seven.

VOICE

Maintain constant speed, Verrill.  Prepare for boarding.  We’re coming alongside.

HAN

Yes, sir.

Motioning the others to caution, Han yanks a locket identical to Leia’s from his neck and gingerly opens it.

LEIA

(whispering)

What are you doing?

HAN

Continued

107 (cont.)

HAN

We need a new destination, real quick.  They gave me a rendezvous point, too, before this Marekal mission came up.  See what it is.

He extracts the metal chip, places it in the nav computer, and looks disgusted.

HAN

Same as yours.

Chewie grunts and indicates the radar screen.

108  IN SPACE

An Imperial cruiser, a great ominous shape against the stars, approaches the much-smaller Falcon, still some distance away.

109  INT FALCON – IN SPACE

VOICE ON RADIO

Screens down, Verrill.

HAN

Yes, sir.  Right away.

(to others)

Well, here we go again.  Hang on.

He punches hits the control board and Falcon takes off in a screaming (figuratively speaking) streaking curve away from the cruiser.

110  IN SPACE

As Falcon speeds away.  In a moment Much more slowly, the cruiser alters course to pursue, and begins firing.

111  INT FALCON – IN SPACE

Han is taking evasive action, the Falcon bouncing and swerving as bolts from the cruiser burst nearby.  Leia and Threepio are hanging on.  Chewbacca is operating a scanner, grumbling.

HAN

(plaintively, to Leia)

I remember how peaceful things used to be when I was just a low-down rotten smuggler, involved with people like Jabba the Hut, who might try to kill me, but it was on a kind of person-

(cont.)

111  (cont.)

HAN (cont.)

to-person level.  I could handle it.  But since I’ve been treading the straight-and-narrow…

(a particularly violent shock interrupts him)

I mean.  Entire fleets thrown at me?  I’m giving away too much weight!

112  IN SPACE – THE CRUISER

From open bays, fighters are being launched from the cruiser.  They outspeed the larger ship in pursuit of the Falcon.

113  INT FALCON – IN SPACE

LEIA

They’re dropping fighters now.

Chewie says something, pointing to the scanner.  Han looks.

HAN

What would I do without you, my hairy friend?

Again he hits the controls, and Falcon darts away on a new course.

HAN

(to Leia)

An asteroid swarm.  Must be a million of ‘em.  Try and find a place to hide.

LEIA

Isn’t that dangerous?

HAN

You think it’s safe out here?

Change of course and a very near miss dump Leia on the deck, to make his point very thoroughly.

114  IN SPACE – THE ASTEROID SWARM THE RADAR SCREEN

A swarm of glittering points of light.

115  THE ASTEROID SWARM

The shattered fragments of some nameless world lighted by a distant sun (the one the Falcon was [unreadable]), still travelling in company, bound by gravitational attraction.  Some are the size of pebbles rocks, some of large buildings, some as large great as little planets.  They range in size from rocks to big planetoids.  The Falcon plunges toward the swarm, out- [Missing]

116  INT FALCON – IN SPACE

Leia is manning the turret gun, firing in erratic bursts.

HAN

Getting Hitting anything, Princess?

LEIA

No, they’re still too far away.  But maybe I’m slowing them down a little.

HAN

We’ll be inside the swarm in a minute.  That’ll make their radars useless.

LEIA

But they can still pick up the heat and ionization stream from our drive.

HAN

That’s why I have to find a place to roost…and quick.

The edge of the asteroid swarm rushes past the forward port.

HAN

All right, Chewie.  Here we go.

Chewie roars.

117  THE ASTEROID SWARM

The Falcon threads its way into the swarm.  Deflector screens ward off the small ones.  Pilot skill evades the large ones.  It is a very hairy trip.

Imperial fighters follow.

118  INT FALCON

Leia has left the gun and is watching speechless as asteroids blunder by, them seeming to miss the Falcon by a hair’s breadth.  Astern, doggedly, a couple of fighters still follow.  One of them is struck collides with a LEIA small asteroid and there is an annihilating burst of flame.  A thing the size of the Empire State Building bears down on Falcon; Chewie sees it and roars.  Han evades by a cat’s whisker; beyond the large asteroid a second burst of flame is seen as the other fighter collides.

THREEPIO

I do think Artoo will miss me, don’t you?

DISSOLVE TO

119  EXT BOG PLANET – DAY

Luke, with Artoo giving unintelligible advice, is setting up a light but very strong collapsible hoist on the mudbank where by the spacer; it is complete with cable, a small motor and powerpack.  Minch hovers about, watching.  Luke is quite himself again physically, but very bitter and downcast with disappointment.

LUKE

Found this in the ship.  I guess it’s standard emergency equipment for spacers of this class.

MINCH

In a hurry to leave, Skywalker?

LUKE

(bitterly)

As soon as I can.

MINCH

Haven’t I fed you, brought you back to health?

LUKE

You have, and I thank you.  But there’s nothing for me here.  Ben was the last of the Jedi knights.  There’s no one left to teach.

MINCH

Suppose I told you that I taught Obi-Wan Kenobi?

LUKE

I’d say that you were lonesome and wanted trying to con me so you can have someone to talk to.  Don’t you have any people?  All right, Artoo.  Start the motor.

He has made the grapple fast on the nose of the spacer.  Artoo starts the motor.  The winch drum turns, taking up the slack.

MINCH

We’re a solitary folk.  Probably why we haven’t killed each other off.  Not coming, is she?

She isn’t.  She’s stuck, hard and fast.

LUKE

You really did a good job, Artoo.  We may be here for the rest of our lives.  Try again.  Gently…don’t snap the cable!

CONTINUED

119  (cont.)

The spacer remains firmly stuck.

MINCH

Why don’t you use the Force to help you?

LUKE

The Force!  I’ll never learn to use it now.

MINCH

Won’t hurt you to try.  Open your mind to it, boy…

LUKE

(startled)

You sounded almost like old Ben.  All right, I’ll try.  But it won’t work.

He faces the spacer and concentrates.  Minch has dropped behind him.

120  MINCH

He watches Luke, his strange face both cunning and abstracted.  His eyes glow.  He seems to grow in stature.

121  THE SPACER

Reluctantly, it sucks free of the mud, rises, and slides onto the bank, the winch chugging merrily.  Luke walks over and stares at it while Artoo whistles triumphantly and kills the motor.

LUKE

It did work!  It did!

Minch, having regained his normal appearance, hops up and peers at the spacer.

MINCH

Told you it was worth trying.  Trouble with you, Skywalker, you’re too impatient and too easily discouraged.  Both diseases of faith.  From the looks of that hull, you’re you’ll going to be around here for a while yet.

LUKE

Mm.  Okay, Artoo.  Let’s see how much damage we’ve got.

They converge on the spacer while Minch watches, grinning.

DISSOLVE TO

122  IN SPACE – THE ASTEROID SWARM

Moving through space, lighted by the distant sun as they turn.  Everything seems peaceful…except for the cruiser hovering above.

123  PLANETOID

One of the larger masses.  What appears to be a shadow on its surface becomes a cave as we move in closer.

124  INT PLANETOID CAVE – IN SPACE

The Millennium Falcon nestles comfortably in the wide, flat cave, gun-ports closed so that no light escapes.  It is invisible, as is the cave, except at very close range.

125  INT FALCON

Lights are on Cabin lighting is at a minimum.  Falcon is like a sub hiding on the bottom, powered down.  Only the life-support system is functioning, and a small worklight in the cockpit where Chewie is working on some of the electronic gear.  Threepio is with him, but is looking into the cabin.  Typical old gossip, he nudges Chewie in the ribs with his elbow and points.  Chewie turns to look.  In the cabin, Han and Leia are in a close embrace.

126  HAN AND LEIA

He holds her tight, kissing her.  She is reciprocates.  Then, as if coming to her senses, she pulls back and half raises her hand.

HAN

You’re not going to do that again, Princess!

(she turns from him)

(he studies her)

Are you in love with Luke?

LEIA

I’m not in love with anybody, and I don’t want to be!  You’re forgetting something.  Since we don’t know where the other secret rendezvous points are, we have to think of somewhere we can go…

HAN

We’re not going anywhere as long as that cruiser’s up there.  In the meantime…

127  THE CRUISER – IN SPACE

The bays open, the fighters drop and flash in toward the asteroid swarm.

128  INT FALCON

Han has moved in on Leia again.

HAN

We’re two people, alone in the immensity of space…

(stops, shakes his head)

No, no, hold it.  That’s too much even for me.

Leia suddenly doubles up with laughter.

LEIA

It’s a great line, Han, and well-polished with use.

HAN

No.  Matter of fact, you’re the only woman who’s ever flown in Falcon.  Trouble is, I can’t make seem to make anything sound convincing.  Leia…

129  THE ASTEROID SWARM

The fighters dart and wheel among the asteroids; more cautiously this time since they’re not pursuing.  Methodically they fire and drop bombs shining pellets that explode with considerable violence against the larger asteroids…silently, of course.

130  INT FALCON

There is no outside atmosphere to carry sound, but the Falcon shudders and the air inside picks up a dull booming.  Things rattle and quake.

HAN

They’re still just quartering, trying to shake us out.

(he and Leia sit down)

Mind if I hold your hand?

LEIA

Why?  Are you frightened?

CONTINUED

130  (cont.)

HAN

You bet I am.  Aren’t you?

They sit together, holding hands, while the booming and shaking go on.  Chewie gives a disgusted grunt and returns to his work.  Threepio sighs audibly.

131  THE ASTEROID SWARM

The fighters move on in their charted path, pounding away.

DISSOLVE TO

132  EXT BOG PLANET – DAY

Artoo The spacer is partly suspended by the hoist.  Artoo works away at repairing the hull.  From time to time he looks around at Luke and Minch, and beeps softly but sarcastically.

Luke is practicing with the light-saber.  Minch capers nearby in an about, jeering at him.

MINCH

Skywalker!  Farmboy!  That’s not an axe to chop your wood with.

LUKE

There was precious little wood on Tattooine to chop.

MINCH

Nor it’s not a sickle, either, to reap your grain.  Lightness, Skywalker!  Grace.  Speed.  Skill.  That was how the Jedi knights used the saber.  not like a

Artoo practically snorts.  He moves farther in under the hull.

LUKE

I suppose you had a lot of chance to watch them.

MINCH

Yes, I did.  I did indeed.

LUKE

You know, Minch, I’m going to be so glad…

Whatever he was going to say is cut short by a sudden burst of shrill whistling from Artoo.  The note of urgency spins Luke around.  The hull has shifted and Artoo is in trouble, pinned beneath.  Luke deactivates the saber and puts it down on a [Missing]

132  (cont.)

Minch goes to the stump, looks at the saber with strange pride and affection.  He puts out a tentative hand.

Luke starts the hoist motor and lifts the spacer a bit higher.  He manages to tilt the hull a bit enough to free Artoo, who comes waddling out from under doing the ‘droid equivalent of breathing hard.

LUKE

You all right?

Artoo lets go a string of sounds that might mean, “I think so.  Checking circuitry now.”

LUKE

Well, be more careful, will you?

He turns and sees Minch.  Minch has the saber now, activated, and is flourishing it.  Luke yells.

LUKE

Hey!  Put that down!

He runs back to Minch to take the saber away from him, but Minch holds him off with it, and Luke is afraid of being killed.

MINCH

You want to watch the swordplay of the Jedi knights?  Very well, young Skywalker.  Stand and I’ll show you.

He moves quickly away from Luke.  In a voice quite unlike his usual one, a voice of dignity and power, he calls out.

MINCH

In the name of the Force By the Force I call you!

Luke gasps.  Suddenly Ben is there…Obi-Wan Kenobi, with a saber in his hand.  He is there, but not quite; the swamp woods are partially visible through him.

LUKE

Ben!  Is it really…

BEN

It is.  Stand clear, Luke, and watch.

He brings the saber to the formal salute.  So does Minch.  They begin a fencing match which develops into a thing of breathtaking skill and beauty…and Minch is clearly the superior.  His skill with the light-blade is dazzling.  Luke watches, still not quite believing.  At last Ben breaks off,

CONTINUED

132 (cont.)

brings his saber again to the salute and deactivates it.  He bows to Minch.

BEN

The victor, as always.

Minch smiles, salutes, and deactivates his saber.

BEN

(to Luke)

Minch was my teacher.  He was a Jedi knight, one of the best of them.  We came from many worlds, each with our special talents.

LUKE

And you did this because otherwise I’d never have believed him.

(ashamed)

I’m sorry.  Ben, there are so many things I want to ask you questions

BEN

When you’re able to call me here yourself, I’ll come and talk to you.  But I must warn you of one thing, Luke.  Darth Vader believes you dead.  But as you learn to control use the Force and use it, he’ll find you again.  And he’ll do his best to destroy you.

LUKE

But…why?  I’m nobody.

BEN

He senses in you the same potential I did…though from the other side.

LUKE

I don’t understand.

BEN

Be careful, Luke.

LUKE

Ben!

But Ben has gone.  Minch comes up to him and salutes with the hilt of the deactivated saber, then holds it out to Luke.

MINCH

Your saber, young Jedi.

(he produces his own from a hiding place nearby and activates it)

Now shall we get to work?

133  IN THE ASTEROID SWARM

The fighters are pursuing their methodical shake-down bombing and strafing.

134  INT FALCON

Again the shaking, rattling, and muffled booming.

LEIA

One accidental hit and we’re done.  I don’t know how much more of this I can take….

HAN

They’ll get tired of it; figure we’re dead, or somehow managed to slip away.  As soon as they quit, we’ll go.

LEIA

Yes, but where?

HAN

I’ll think of someplace.  Don’t worry.

Over in the far corner of the cabin, a game forgotten between them, Chewie and Threepio sweat through the attack and watch Han and Leia.  Han takes her in his arms.

LEIA HAN

Leia…

LEIA

You’re trying to make me say what I don’t want to say.  Han, if we live through this, there’ll still be your mission, and mine.  We may never see each other again.

HAN

Will not saying that you love me make that any easier?

LEIA

(after a moment)

I guess not.

HAN

Then why waste what little time we have?  You do, don’t you?

Leia sighs…what’s the use of denying it?  It shows, unmistakably.  She kisses him.  The kiss is interrupted by a large hairy paw shaking Han.

CONTINUED

134 (cont.)

HAN

What is it, Chewie?

Chewie growls and rumbles, gesticulating.

HAN

All right.  All right.  You’re bored with this, you don’t want to hang around while I…

(to Leia)

Wookie is sometimes difficult to translate.

(to Chewie)

I will think, Chewie.  I will think very hard, of a place we can go to be safe from the Empire.  And any time we haven’t had a raid for two days, we’ll get going.  Okay?

Chewie nods and goes grumbling back to Threepio.  Leia laughs.

LEIA

He makes a great chaperone.

HAN

Oh, forget him.

(listens)

I think they’ve gone on.

They kiss again.  Over in the corner Chewie and Threepio watch.

THREEPIO

I’ve never been able to understand the pleasure human beings get from placing their mouths together.

LEIA

O, Han…

She begins to weep, hugging him closer, burying her face against him.

THREEPIO

They And they seem to get so much an equal amount of sorrow from it as well.  {very confusing}  Sometimes I’m thankful that I’m not a human, or… being or an

(looks at Chewie, who is daring him to say it)

Well, that I am what I am.  Your move, I believe?

DISSOLVE TO

135  EXT MINCH’S HOUSE – THE BOG PLANET – DAY

The house, scaled to Minch’s size, sits on a hummock on the swamp.  It’s a small gem, beautifully constructed of reeds rather in the fashion of the Marsh Arabs.

136  INT MINCH’S HOUSE – DAY

It is spotlessly clean.  The floor is covered with reed mats.  Various exotic items hang on the walls, mementos of Minch’s years as a Jedi.  Luke sits on the floor…even so, the roof is close over his head…listening to Minch, who crouches on a small bed.

MINCH

For the novice, the body must be comfortable, neither hungry not overfed, neither hot nor cold.  You must not be sleepy or tired, and your mind must be clear.

(Luke nods; Minch assumes a posture of intense concentration)

Very well.  Close Shut your eyes if you like.  Let your mind go free.  I’ll help you as much as I can. Reach out with it.  Reach for the Force…the Force that runs between the stars, between the galaxies.  The Force that lights the suns, and sparks the life in all of us…tree and fish, bird and animal, man and creatures such as I surrounds all living things.  Reach for it, Luke.  Reach…

LUKE

(whispers)

I’m trying.

CUT TO

137  EXT DARTH VADER’S CASTLE

A grim castle of black iron that squats on a rock in the midst of a crimson sea.

138  INT DARTH VADER’S CASTLE

In a tower room, grim and darkling, lighted by the red glow outside.  Vader is at home, at ease.  He has companions; several small gargoyles that perch or caper on the massive furniture.  He is feeding them tid-bits from a golden bowl, enjoying their ugliness and their greed.  Abruptly he stiffens.  He sweeps the gargoyles aside and stands up, his fists on the table.  The gargoyles skitter away, fightened (sic).

139  INT MINCH’S HOUSE – DAY

Minch and Luke.  Luke’s face glistens with sweat.  Minch is staring at him in amazement.

LUKE

I think…  I think…

140  INT DARTH VADER’S CASTLE

Darth Vader, feeling the disturbance in the Force, knowing it can only derive from one source, hurls his own dark power against Luke.

141  INT MINCH’S HOUSE – DAY

Luke, in semi-trance, shows signs of distress.

LUKE

Dark.  Dark.

Minch is instantly alert.

MINCH

Come back, Luke.

But Luke straightens and something unfamiliar comes into his face.  When he speaks his voice is harsh and deep, and he is not speaking to Minch but to someone far away.

LUKE

No!  Fight.  Dark…with dark!

Minch, frightened, bends all his efforts to bring Luke

142  INT DARTH VADER’S CASTLE

The gargoyles cower.  Darth Vader recoils as if from a blow.  And then he laughs, AS IF HE HAS DISCOVERED something that bodes no good for Luke.

143  INT MINCH’S HOUSE – DAY

Minch, frightened, bends every effort to call Luke back.

MINCH

Luke!

Luke’s eyes open and he looks dazedly around at Minch.

LUKE

Darth Vader knows Touched me struck at me.  And I felt…power.  I struck back.

MINCH

The dark side of the Force.  You must never use it, Luke.

143  (cont.)

LUKE

Why not?

MINCH

It’ll destroy you, as it destroyed Darth Vader.  Luke, you’re in greater danger than I realized.  Even untrained, you’re far more powerful than I, more far more powerful than Obi-Wan.  I was trying to show you the way, and you outran me.  You don’t just touch the Force, you rend it.  You tear it.  No wonder Darth Vader knew.

LUKE

(taking this in)

But why should that be dangerous?  I mean, to be strong?

MINCH

The more strength, the greater the temptation.  Skywalker, if your ship could fly, I’d order you off my world right now.  You’re too great a burden.

144  INT DARTH VADER’S CASTLE

Darth Vader has sat down, lost in thought, and the small gargoyles are taking courage, coming back to him.  Abruptly a communications device shrills a summons.  He rises and goes to it, flips a switch.  The screen comes to life.  The man revealed is draped and hooded in cloth-of-gold, so that we cannot see his face, but the figure is instinct (sic) with power and Darth Vadar (sic) bows before it.

DARTH VADER

Your Imperial Majesty Highness.

The voice that speaks is silken and deadly as a strangler’s cord.

EMPEROR

You are aware of the disturbance in the Force?

DARTH VADER

I am.

EMPEROR

Then you know that Skywalker is not dead.  And he is more dangerous than [unreadable] I had realized.  Remove him this time, Lord Vader…  Or I shall remove you.

Darth Vader bows.  The screen goes blank.  Vader turns away.  From his posture and the rhythm of his breathing, he is in a rage because he is afraid of the Emperor.

CONTINUED

144 (cont.)

angry because of his fear of the emperor.  He knocks the golden bowl off the table with a mighty clang, and once more the gargoyles cower.

DISSOLVE TO

145  INT FALCON THE ASTEROID SWARM

It looks peaceful and deserted.

146  INT FALCON

Han is pacing up and down the cabin, deep in thought, while the others watch.

HAN

Trouble is, the places I know are just not suitable for leaving Princesses in.  If nothing else, they’re full of people characters who’d sell you to the Empire for the price of a drink.  Need a place that’s safe for you, somebody dependable to…

(scowls)

Hey, Maybe I’ve got it.  Chewie, you remember Lando Kadar?

(Chewie does)

We used to be friends years ago.  I think his family were refugees from the Clone Wars.  Anyway, he was kicking around and we flew some…well, trips together.

LEIA

You mean he was a smuggler?

HAN

But an honest one.  And the last time I saw him, he’d gone respectable on a world gone called Hoth.  Chewie and I visited him dropped in on him once.  Lando’s all right.  Lando’s the man.

LEIA

How does he stand on the Empire?

HAN

Never had any more politics than a frog.

 

Han goes to the cockpit and consults the computer.

HAN

Hoth.  Hoth.  What are Need the coordinates for Hoth.

He waits for the readout, then begins to set it up on the console.  Chewie and Leia join him.

145 (cont.)

LEIA

Are we going now?

HAN

I said, when we had two clear days with nobody shooting at us.

(Chewie says something)

I know they may be sitting out there standing off, waiting for us to do just this.  But we can’t sit here forever, wondering.

He begins to flip switches.  Chewie slips into the copilot’s seat.  Leia goes back to the cabin, looking apprehensive.  Threepio somehow manages to display extreme nervousness.  The Falcon throbs to life.

HAN

Okay.  Here we go!

146  EXT THE FALCON

As it lifts and moves out of the asteroid cave.

147  THE FALCON

Threading its way as swiftly as possible through the swarm.

148  THE ASTEROID SWARM AND ADJACENT SPACE

Falcon comes clear of the swarm and speeds away. Immediately, Imperial fighters which have been stooging (sic) around the swarm hoping for something to come out of it, begin to converge.

149  SHOTS OF FIGHTERS

Still at a distance, but having sighted their quarry, closing in.  The cruiser hovers at a in b.g.

150  INT FALCON – IN SPACE

Han and Chewie pouring on the coal.

HAN

Yep…there they are.  Figured if they stopped making a noise we’d poke our heads out.

(makes an insolent gesture at the enemy)

Sorry, friends, but this time we really are in a hurry.  Chewie…!

151  IN SPACE

The asteroid swarm is has already far been left behind.  As the fighters dive in on Falcon, there is a ripple and flicker in the fabric of space, and Falcon vanishes.

DISSOLVE TO

152  EXT BOG WORLD – NIGHT

In the ghostly, glimmering night we see the spacer, repaired and positioned for take-off, ready to go.

153  EXT MINCH’S HOUSE – NIGHT

Pale light spilling from the doorway shows Artoo standing vigil.

154  INT MINCH’S HOUSE – NIGHT

By the light of a dim lamp, Luke and Minch face each other as before; Luke seems indefinably older, more sober, intent.  Minch is restless, not entirely happy.

MINCH

It would have been easier to teach you if you’d started younger, like Obi-Wan.  You’re going too far, too fast.

LUKE

But I’m beginning to understand, Minch.  Beginning to get control.

A plaited basket holds strange fruit.  Luke holds out his hand and one of the things levitates into it.

MINCH

Before you can truly control the Force, you have to be able to control yourself.  And that you haven’t learned yet.  I know you think you have, but…

LUKE

You think I won’t be able to hold out against Darth Vader.

(he wills the fruit back into the basket making it do [unreadable] on the way; Minch watches sourly)

Yet you tell me I’m stronger than Obi-Wan…and he held out.

154  (cont.)

MINCH

Obi-Wan had already won his battle.

LUKE

With the dark side of the Force.  You’ve never told me exactly what that is, Minch.

MINCH

It’s the dark side of you.

(a pause while Luke grapples with this)

It’s The dark side in all of us.  That’s what makes the temptation so great.  It’s not an external thing.  The Force is power.  It’s up to the individual how he uses it that power.  Most of the Jedi knights were honorable men, faithful to their vows.  But sometimes…

LUKE

What happened to the bad ones?

MINCH

There were none during my long service, until Darth Vader.  I think they’d the knights had forgotten and grown careless.

LUKE

How soon will I be able to call Ben from…wherever he is?

MINCH

You’ve still got a few lessons yet to go ahead of you.

Resignedly, Luke settles into his student posture.

155  EXT MINCH’S HOUSE – NIGHT

Artoo makes a small, sad, lonely beeping.

DISSOLVE TO

156  INT FALCON – IN HYPERSPACE

In the cabin, Han and Leia have their heads together, talking quietly as lovers do.  In the cockpit, Chewbacca is grumpily minding the store, with Threepio, who is not above peeping.

THREEPIO

They do make a handsome couple.

Chewie growls, rather nastily, Threepio looks at him.

156 (cont.)

THREEPIO

Chewbacca!  Are you jealous?

(he growls again)

Afraid the Princess may lure your friend into domesticity and away from your rather…how shall I say it? …raffish adventurings?

Chewbacca rises, slowly and awesomely, turning toward Threepio, who retreats hastily into the other seat.

THREEPIO

I’m sorry, Chewbacca.  Truly I am.  I didn’t mean…

Chewbacca sounds as if he might be saying, “Well, keep your smart mouth shut, then.”  But he sits down again.  Threepio quivers.  Han and Leia have noticed none of this.

DISSOLVE TO

156  IN SPACE – THE FALCON

SHOT of the Falcon, back in normal space and sweeping in toward a planet shrouded in clouds.  The primary burns in b.g.

157  INT FALCON – IN SPACE

Han is showing Leia the planet through the forward port.

HAN

That’s Hoth.  I think the name means “Cloud”, and that’s sensible appropriate.  Never see the sun, but otherwise it’s a pretty world.  Very old native cultures, ruined cities everywhere.

DISSOLVE TO

158  IN CLOUDS – THE FALCON

The Falcon whipping down descending through layers of curling, whipping clouds.

159  EXT INT FALCON – HOTH – DAY

The Falcon, moving slowly now, drops below the cloud layer.  Ahead, through the port, there is an expanse of green landscape with a ruined city, alien and picturesque.

HAN

CONTINUED

159  (cont.)

HAN

Lando fixed up one of the old buildings here and built a big trader’s compound.  The natives Gets along fine with the natives because he treats them right

LEIA

I don’t see any compound.

Chewie rumbles agreement, and Han is now staring at the city.

HAN

Neither do I.  Set her down, Chewie.  Let’s have a look.

160  EXT RUINED CITY – HOTH – DAY

The Falcon lands at the edge of the city.  Han, Leia, and Chewbacca emerge from the craft;  Threepio remains in the hatch.  They look around.  Everything is silent and deserted, including what has obviously been a not too long ago abandoned dwelling and a compound.

LEIA

How long as (sic) it been since you were here?

HAN

Oh, it’s only been…  Well, a while.

They start forward toward the city.  Threepio, looking upward, gives a sudden shrill cry of warning.

THREEPIO

Look up there!

161  EXT RUINED CITY – DAY

Out of the clouds a strange group materializes; tall noble-looking warriors who carry a pneumatic dart weapon.  They are ride white-skinned and white-haired.  They ride through the sky on creatures that resemble pale giant manta-rays.  They swoop toward the Falcon, weapons leveled.  Han has his small blaster holstered at his hip.  Chewbacca carries his big one.

HAN

Chewie!  Give ‘em a warning blast…don’t hit anybody.

(grabs Leia)

Back in the ship.

Han and Leia run up the steps.  The warriors sheer off from Chewie’s blast, fired straight up.  Chewie follows into the ship.  The landing stair folds upward, the hatch slams.  The leader of

161  (cont.)

he takes a communications device from his belt and speaks into it.  the warriors (sic) motions his people back; the manta-rays circle.  The warriors watch the Falcon take off into the clouds.  Then they too disappear back into the clouds.

162  INT FALCON – HOTH – DAY

The Falcon flying through the clouds rises swiftly into the cloud layer.

LEIA

Well, I guess that settles what the question of what happened to your friend.  The natives aren’t exactly friendly.

HAN

(shakes his head)

No.  They’re a peaceable people, and Lando got on fine with ‘em.  The old chief practically adopted him.  I don’t get it.

LEIA

What do we do now?

HAN

Give me a minute to think!

163  EXT THE CLOUD LAYER – HOTH – DAY

Falcon emerges from a vast bank of cloud into a clear space among other towering clouds…and is surrounded by scout craft.

164  INT FALCON – DAY

The occupants see the scout craft as the radio comes to life.

VOICE ON RADIO

Hold your fire!  We’re friends.  Are you the Milennium (sic) Falcon, Han Solo, captain?

HAN

That’s right.

VOICE ON RADIO

Follow us, please.  We’ll escort you to your landing area.

Han and Chewie look at each other.  The scout craft are fast and well-armed.  They shrug.

HAN

Thank you.  We’ll follow.

165  THE CLOUD LAYER – HOTH – DAY

The scout craft and the Falcon disappear into the clouds.

DISSOLVE TO

166  THE CLOUD LAYER – HOTH – DAY

Something is moving, slowly, majestically, a huge mass through the clouds.  It is huge, and as it shows is seen more clearly through thinning vapour, it shows windows, lights, symmetry, a soaring beauty.

167  INT FALCON – THE CLOUDS – HOTH – DAY

The occupants watch amazed as the apparition swings toward them.

LEIA

Look at that!

HAN

An orbital city.  That wasn’t here before.

VOICE FROM RADIO

You will pick up your landing beam in five seconds.  Mark.  Five, four, three, two, one.

(a flat whining SOUND clicks in and holds)

Follow it in.

HAN

(making flipping some switches)

Locked on.

Chewie growls uneasily.

168  EXT ORBITAL CITY – HOTH – DAY

The scout craft stand off and watch as Falcon approaches the city.

169  EXT ORBITAL CITY – DAY

The grand concourse, with a landing area and above it a wide terrace reached by a flight of steps.  A number of people stand on the terrace watching as the Falcon lands.  They include A number of them are natives, tall folk in long robes.  Others swoop overhead on their flying mounts.

170  INT FSLCON – DAY

Han and Chewie are switching off the engines.  Leia and Threepio look anxiously out the port.

HAN

Looks like quite a reception.

LEIA

Well, We might as well go face it.

Chewie goes to open the hatch.  Han catches Leia by the arm.

HAN

Remember, you never heard of the Princess Leia Organa.  You’re Ethania…uh…uh, what did I say your last name was?

LEIA

Ardith.

HAN

No.  It was Erith.

THREEPIO

Excuse me, sir.  It was Eredith.

HAN

I don’t care what it is was, but let’s make up our minds!

LEIA

If

172  EXT CONCOURSE – ORBITAL CITY – DAY

Han and Leia, Chewbacca and Threepio disembark and walk toward the steps.  Han pauses at the bottom, looking up, and  a man steps forward on the balcony, flings out his arms, and comes running down.

LANDO KADAR

Han!

(embraces him)

And Chewbacca.

He gives the Wookie a hearty slap on the shoulder, and turns to look at Leia.  Lando Kadar is no particular age, though he looks younger than he is.  He is richly dressed in impeccable taste, and incredibly handsome; so handsome that, like Rudolph Valentino, he seems not quite real.  Yet when Han introduces Leia, his smile is warm and his welcome seems genuine.

HAN

Ethania Eredith, a young lady from I found her stranded I met in my travels on a very unpleasant world…her father was in my line of work and came

172  (cont.)

HAN

Ethania, this is Lando Kadar.  Ethania Eredith.

(they exchange acknowledgements)

I found her stranded on a really unpleasant world.  Her father was in my line of work, and came to grief.  I promised to bring her back to civilization.

LANDO

If this can qualify as civilization, you are most welcome.

LEIA

Thank you.

LANDO

And this Travelling with your own ‘droid now, Han?

HAN

(laughs)

Haven’t reached those levels yet!  He’s far too valuable for the work he was doing, but his owner didn’t know it.  Picked him up cheap.  Reckon I can sell him at a good profit.

LANDO

Perhaps I can use him.

Threepio goes rigid with shock.  Lando doesn’t see this.  He and Han have started up the stairs.

HAN

You’ve certainly come up in the world, Lando.  Literally.

LEIA

(touches Threepio reassuringly)

Come on, Threepio.

She and Chewie and Threepio follow.  Leia is obviously not taken with Lando.

 

173  ON THE TERRACE

LANDO

(lightly)

Baron Kadar now, if you please. Yes, I’ve been very lucky the last few years.  Han, you remember my old friend Bahiri, chief of the White Bird clan of the Cloud People?

CONTINUED

173  (cont.)

A particularly noble-looking elder steps forward to greet Han.

HAN

Of course I do.  Hello, Bahiri.

BAHIRI

Han Solo…Chewbacca…

(bows to them and to Leia)

My people meant you no harm.  Since the compound has gone They merely wished to know why you were there.  Since the compound has gone, people sometimes come to rob the ancient cities.

HAN

No harm done.

LANDO

Well, shall we go inside?

He courteously ushers them through an imposing doorway.  Threepio toddles along behind them, looking nervously about.

THREEPIO

(as the doorway swallows him)

Oh, dear.  I wonder if Artoo will ever be able to find me.

DISSOLVE TO

174  EXT BOG WORLD – DAY

Threepio Artoo, standing disconsolately apart from Luke and Minch in the clearing by the pond, seems to be wondering the same thing.  Minch has also retired to the background.  Luke, with a new strength and authority in his voice and manner, calls out.

LUKE

Ben.  Obi-Wan.  By the Force, I call you.

For a moment nothing happens, and Luke wonders if he has failed.  Then, as before, Ben materializes in a ghostly fashion out of the mist.

BEN

And I am here.

LUKE

Ben…I’m so glad to see you!  Are you real…or are you a ghost?

BEN

CONTINUED

174  (cont.)

BEN

(laughs)

I’m as real as you are, only my ‘reality’ has changed a little.  There are no ghosts.  Those are only names we put to things we can’t understand.

LUKE

Then Darth Vader didn’t kill you.

BEN

It was my time to move on.

LUKE

To move on where?

BEN

To a different part of the universe.  It’s all one, if you know the way.  Or rather, if you understand the laws that govern the way.  Physical laws.  One day you’ll understand, Luke you willYou’ll be able to glimpse, as I have, the beautiful symmetry of the perfection of this creation we all belong to… Luke, I’ve brought someone with me.

Another half-ghostly form emerges from the mists; a tall fine-looking man who approaches Luke slowly, looking at him.

BEN
Your father.

LUKE

My father.

Even with his new-found maturity, Luke finds this an awesome, not to say shattering, moment.  They look at each other.

SKYWALKER

You’ve grown well, Luke.  I’m proud of you.

(Luke, not knowing what to say, says nothing)

Proud, and afraid for you.  You’re going into battle untried.  Did your uncle ever speak to you about Nellith? your sister?

LUKE

Nellith?  No.  Who is she?

SKYWALKER

Your sister.

 

174  (cont.)

LUKE

My sister?  I have a sister?  But why didn’t Uncle Owen….

SKYWALKER

It was my request.  When I saw the Empire closing in, I sent you both away for your own safety, far apart from each other.

LUKE

Where is she?  What’s her name?

SKYWALKER

If I were to tell you, Darth Vader could get that information from your mind and use her as a hostage.  Not yet, Luke.  When it’s time…

(he looks gravely at his son)

Luke.  Will you take, from me, the oath of a Jedi knight?

Slowly, proudly, Luke draws his light saber and activates it, bringing it to the salute.  Skywalker does the same.  Ben and Minch also raise their sabers, standing by as witnesses.

SKYWALKER

I, Luke Skywalker…

(Luke repeats after him at suitable intervals)

do swear on my honor, and on the faith of the brotherhood of knights, to use the Force only for good, denying turning always from the Dark Side; dealing in all matters with justice and compassion, to dedicate my life to the cause of freedom, and justice.  If I should fail of this vow, my life shall be forfeit, here and hereafter.

The four sabers touch, a kind of ceremonial amen.  Then Ben and Skywalker fade back into the mists.  Ben’s voice sounds softly, almost as an echo.

SKYWALKER

That is the only armor I can give you, son.  The rest is yours to do.

BEN

Good bye, Luke.

Ben and Skywalker fade back into the mists.  Luke looks after them, his face at once ennobled and fearful.

MINCH

Your test is yet to come, and Darth Vader will do the testing.  At that time, you may regret your vow that vow.

174  (cont.)

MINCH

Your real test is yet to come, and Darth Vader will do the testing.

LUKE

What’s he waiting for?

MINCH

You.  Because you were afraid, you’ve kept your mind closed to the dark side.  But sooner or later you must open it, and he’ll know.  You may wish you hadn’t taken that vow.

DISSOLVE TO

175  THE ORBITAL CITY – HOTH – DAY

The city moves majestically through the cloudy layers.

176  INT MACHINE SHOP REPAIR DOCK – THE CITY

Han, Leia, Chewbacca, and Threepio stand with Lando in the dock where men are swarming over the Falcon with tools and testing equipment.  Some of her outer panels have been removed, showing her ribs.  Chewbacca does not look happy.

LANDO

You took a little more structural damage than you realised (sic), Han.  When are you going to In fact, it’s a miracle you got here.  When are you going to settle down and get rich make an honest living?

HAN

Ask me again in twenty years!  Come on, Chewie, they’ve got the heavy equipment, let ‘em do it.

LEIA

What’s beyond there?

She’s pointing at heavy steel doors.  Lando shrugs.

LANDO

More docks.  Warehouses.  Supply and maintenance areas.  Nothing of interest.  Ever been in one of these orbital cities before?

HAN

No.

LANDO

Then I have something of interest to show you that I think will interest you.

He ushers them on, toward a lift.

LEIA

Do you trade much with the Empire, Baron Kadar?

LANDO

I trade with anyone.

The lift door closes behind them.

177  THE REACTOR SHAFT

Looking down a tremendous vertical shaft with various apertures in its sides.  Far down, the bottom of the shaft is closed by a dome of some opaque material.

LANDO

This is the shaft that goes At the bottom of this shaft is the reactor that powers the city and keeps us in orbit.

178  MAINTENANCE AND CONTROL AREA

At the top of the shaft At the center is a railing, where the humans are standing looking down, Threepio staying back.  Around the circumference of the walls are instrument panels, indicators, a communications panel, and racks of varied equipment.  This is literally the heart of the city, and the area is spacious.  Various ‘droids preside over the panels.  A roaring draft sucks down the shaft, which continues upward for some distance.  Just the edge of it blows their hair and garments and the roar makes conversation difficult.

LANDO

The shaft itself is part of the ventilating system.  The We use specialist ‘droids here because instead of humans because of the constant noise; their auditory sensors can be adjusted.

LEIA

Mine are giving way.

All, especially Chewbacca, are uncomfortable.  The Wookie growls.  Lando nods and leads them away.

LANDO

Perhaps a stroll in one of the gardens.

179  EXT GARDEN – ORBITAL CITY – DAY

The garden is a kind of balcony, open to the cloudy sky, on the outer circumference of the city.  It is filled with exotic flowers and fruit trees, which Chewbacca is enjoying with childlike pleasure; Wookies like growing things.  Leia is hugging herself, finding the air at this altitude rather chilly.

LEIA

Do you own this city, Baron?

LANDO

CONTINUED

179  (cont.)

LANDO

Hardly!  It belongs to a shipping conglomerate.  They decided that my business had outgrown the compound and required better facilities.  Hoth, you see, is…  But my dear, you’re shivering.  Shall we go in?

LEIA

No, it’s nice here.  Threepio, would you fetch me a wrap?  from the

THREEPIO

Of course, Miss Eredith.

(he goes)

He goes

LANDO

As I started to say, Hoth is very strategically situated with regard to trade routes.  I’ve been able to develop it into a center of distribution…..

180  INT ORBITAL CITY

Threepio hurries along through a maze of corridors, complaining to himself.

THREEPIO

Well, we have come down in the world, haven’t we?  From protocol ‘droid at galactic embassies to ladies’ maid, and the further prospect of being sold off to that…that what?  Why do my sensor relays positively crinkle when I get close to him?

(halts, bewildered)

Oh, dear, I’m afraid I’ve lost my way; all these corridors look alike.  What shall I do?

(draws himself up)

Now then, See Threepio…no panic.  Think.  Visualize the door to the suite.  It can’t be very far from here.  Yes, I have it.

He starts off along a corridor, looking for the doorway.  A couple of twists and turns, and he sees it…or thinks he does.

THREEPIO

Ah!  There it is!

He hurries on to the doorway, made distinctive by mouldings, etc.,

CONTINUED

180  (cont.)

and believing the suite to be unoccupied, he flings the door open.  We cannot see past him into the room beyond, but he freezes instantly.

THREEPIO

I beg your pardon.  I seem to be lost.  Please forgive the intrusion.

He turns and starts to run back the way he came.

181  EXT GARDEN – DAY

LEIA

(shivering)

I’m going to have to go in.  I can’t imagine what’s happened to Threepio.

DISSOLVE TO

182  EXT BOG WORLD – NIGHT

Luke and Artoo walk toward Minch’s house, where Minch is waiting.  Artoo crackles a steady stream of what sounds like protest.

MINCH

Doesn’t it ever shut up?

LUKE

 

Artoo turns on Minch and his terminals fairly smoke.

LUKE

Artoo!  I have to do this.  Then we’ll go.

MINCH

Don’t tell me you can really understand him it that gibberish.

LUKE

Not the words, no.  But it’s pretty obvious that he doesn’t like it here this place, that he blames you for keeping me here…

(blast from Artoo)

And I believe he thinks you’re a danger to me.

(another corroboratory beep from Artoo)

MINCH

Unfortunately, he’s right.

Minch goes inside.  Luke speaks to Artoo.

Continued

182  (cont.)

LUKE

Please, little friend.  Be patient.

Artoo waddles aside, disconsolate, beeping softly.  Luke enters Minch’s house.

183  INT MINCH’S HOUSE – NIGHT

Luke sits down.  Minch is already on the bunk, head and shoulders bowed by the importance and the danger of the occasion.

MINCH

There’s nothing more I can tell you.  No way I can help you.  This you must do yourself.

LUKE

Suppose I go on the way I am…keeping my mind closed.

MINCH

Nobody ever conquered a thing by ignoring it.  You’ll only It’s there, and part of you.  It’ll only wait until you’re off guard, and then

(Luke nods)

LUKE

All right.  I guess I’m as ready as I ever will be.

He shuts his eyes and leans back against the wall.

MINCH

Open your mind, Luke, to the dark side of the Force.

184  EXT MINCH’S HOUSE – NIGHT

The clearing in the swamp, wreathed by with the ever-present mist.  Artoo stands at one side of the house.  Abruptly, his metal housing begins to twitch with a kind of eerie brush discharge.  Beeping, he looks around, and falls silent.  A tall shape of darkness, much taller than a man and having no visible features, yet still giving an impression of Darth Vader’s shape and form, towers in the clearing, outlined in little flickering tongues of force flames darts of energy.  Phantom-like, there seems to be an echo of heavy breathing.  Presently, much smaller, a second form manifests itself.  This too is featureless but suggests Luke; it is light in color, almost white, but the flickering flames energy that outline it are much less strong is weaker than Vader’s.  Strange ghostly voices speak now.

 

Continued

184  (cont.)

DARTH VADER

You’re still afraid.

LUKE

You tried twice to kill me.

DARTH VADER

That was before I knew your strength.  Now I’d prefer to have you as an ally.

LUKE

Ally!

DARTH VADER

Look.

The swamp clearing has vanished.  They seem to stand now in interstellar space, with glory all around them, stars, nebulae, the shining spirals of distant galaxies.  The great companies of stars that march forever stride the paths of the galaxy.  Nebulae dark and bright.  There are novas and distant nebulae.  The Darth Vader figure reaches out a huge shadowy hand as if to grasp a star-field; the stars seem to run through his fingers like sand.

DARTH VADER

I can no longer go as a man among men.  What is left of my body survives only because of the life-support system that sustains it.  But my brain lives, and my will lives, and power lives.  Have you never wanted power, Luke?  Power to strike back at your enemies, to avenge wrongs, to keep those you love safe from harm?  Of course you have.  You think the  You’ve been  that the dark side of the Force is evil.  What about the Princess Leia?

LUKE

I’ve sworn an oath.

DARTH VADER

Other men’s words, other men’s shackles.  Will you be a child all your life?

LUKE

I’ve sworn an oath.

But the lightness of the smaller form seems to be darkening, the flickers of energy getting stronger.

DARTH VADER

You’re in love with Leia.  You don’t want to lose her to Han Solo…and but you will, if you lack the courage to use the strength that’s in you.  A

(cont.) CONTINUED

184  (cont.)

DARTH VADER (cont.)

strength as great as mine, Luke.  If you join with me, nothing can stand against us.

LUKE

What about the Empire?

DARTH VADER

The Empire is a passing phase.  Not even We would rule instead.  You and I.  The Emperor is a harsh master.  You would not be.  You could restore the republic peace, put a stop to the killing.  How much good you could do, Luke!  Don’t be afraid.  Reach out and Grasp the stars.  They’re yours for the taking.

Tentatively, the Luke image reaches a cloudy hand toward the starfield.  The image has gone quite dark now; the pulse of energy around it is very bright.  The cloudy fingers gather up seem to gather up stars.  There is a whisper of a laugh…which turns suddenly into a wailing cry.

LUKE

They burn.  And I’ve sworn an oath.

The cloudy hand is snatched back, the Luke image dwindles and fades, pursued by the booming laughter of Darth Vader.

DARTH VADER

Run, then, Luke!  But you’ll come back.  The dark side in you won’t let you rest.

185  INT MINCH’S HOUSE – NIGHT

Luke is hugging himself, shivering, half sobbing.

LUKE

I ran, Minch.  I ran away.  I couldn’t fight him.

(he looks at his hand with in a kind of horror)

Because I wanted.  I wanted.

Minch looks at him sombrely (sic), unsurprised.

186  EXT MINCH’S HOUSE – NIGHT

Artoo, still standing outside, surveys the deserted clearing and gives a heartfelt beep of relief.

DISSOLVE TO

187  INT CORRI SUITE LIVING ROOM – THE ORBITAL CITY – HOTH – DAY

CLOSE SHOT on a large container containing Threepio holding the remains of Threepio; all the pieces are there, but dismembered, with the head piled carefully on top, mute and reproachful.  Han, Leia, and Chewie are looking at the wreckage mournfully.  Lando explains.

LANDO

He was found jammed in the gears of a recycling chute.  He must have opened the wrong panel.

Chewie rumbles and touches the head.  Leia is close to tears.  Han puts a comforting arm around her.

HAN

I’m sorry.

LEIA

(to Lando)

But you can rebuild him.  Surely you With all the ‘droids you I’ve seen around, you must have the facilities.

LANDO

I’m sorry.  I’m afraid My workshops are already running overtime now, with orders and repairs.  Perhaps in a week or two…

LEIA

I see.  And what How about the Falcon?  How is that job coming?

LANDO

Han and Chewbacca are keeping a close eye on it.  Falcon should be spaceworthy very shortly now.  May I expect you all for lunch? Well…I must go.  See you all later.

Lando goes.  Han looks at Leia.

HAN

I see Little Ethania Eredith hasn’t forgotten how to bristle like the crack the whip like the Princess Leia.  Why all the hostility? What was all that about?

LEIA

If you trust your friend so much, why must do we have this ridiculous masquerade?

In b.g. Chewbacca is hunkered down by the container, gently handling the pieces of Threepio.

CONTINUED

187  (cont.)

HAN

I’ve already told you, it’s because I don’t know the people around him and the less temptation…

LEIA

Is he a clone?

HAN

Is he a what?

LEIA

You said his people family were refugees from the Clone Wars.  Is he a clone?

HAN

I don’t know, he never told me, I never thought about it.  What is all this anyway?

LEIA

I think your friend is lying.  I think Threepio was smashed deliberately.

LEIA HAN

Why would anybody want to do that?

LEIA

How do I know?  Perhaps he saw something he wasn’t supposed to see.  But the Baron could get him repaired if he wanted to, and don’t tell me he couldn’t.  And don’t tell me they’re not dragging their feet on the Falcon, and don’t tell me he couldn’t find me a passage out on one of his trading ships.

HAN

Just what are you trying to say?

LEIA

I’m not trying to say it, I’m saying it.  We’re being kept here, and the Baron is up to something.

HAN

Leia.  Leia, please listen to me.  I know you’re all upset, but please listen.  I’ve known Lando for years…

LEIA

You knew a young man.  But you never knew the Baron Kadar.

CONTINUED

187 (cont.)

HAN

Ah, that’s just hair-splitting.  You’re letting your imagination run away with you.

(Chewie interrupts)

What is it, Chewie?

(Chewie talks)

Hey, did you hear that?  Chewbacca thinks he might be able to put Threepio back together again.  All the pieces are here. He’s going to try.

(together he and Chewie pick up the box)

Wookies are very good with electronics.  You’ll see.  Everything will be all right.

 

Han is glad to escape. As Han and Chewie carry the box into an adjoining room, Threepio’s head watches looks back with blank mournfulness.  Leia turns away in mingled sadness and anger Angry at Han’s refusal to listen She Leia goes into her room and slams the door.

DISSOLVE TO

188  EXT BOG WORLD – DAY

By the pond.  The spacer is ready for take-off.  Artoo is inside, standing in the hatch, impatient for Luke to come aboard.  But Luke is saying goodbye to Minch.

LUKE

I ran away, Minch…not because I was afraid of Darth Vader, but because I couldn’t trust myself.  What will I do next time?

MINCH

Remember you’re a Jedi knight!

He draws his saber and activates it, bringing it to the salute.  Luke does the same activates his saber, speaking softly.

LUKE

And if I am foresworn of this oath, may my life be forfeit, here and hereafter.

He brings the saber to the salute.  He and Minch look at each other.  Then Luke deactivates the saber and climbs quickly into the spacer.  Minch, still holding his saber, watches the spacer take off and disappear into the misty sky.  He lets the saber drop.  The light dies out of it, and Minch’s face is he turns away into his misty foggy swamp.

DISSOLVE TO

189  INT CHEWBACCA’S QUARTERS – THE ORBITAL CITY – HOTH – NIGHT

On an improvised workbench, with a multitude of small tools scattered about, Chewbacca has Threepio’s head remounted on a partial assembly of Threepio’s upperworks, just the head and shoulders.  He is working carefully to complete a connection.  There is a rap on the door.

HAN’S VOICE (o.s.)

Chewie!

Chewie growls and ignores the summons.  The door opens.

HAN

Everybody’s waiting.  Time to go to dinner.

Chewie growls and indicates his work.

HAN

That’s great, Chewie, but you can finish him it after dinner.  Come on.

Reluctantly, Chewie drops his tools and follows Han, grumbling.

190  INT SUITE LIVING ROOM – NIGHT

Lando and Leia are waiting; all are dressed for dinner, and Chewie pauses by a pier-glass to slick down his hair.

HAN

Chewie says he can have Threepio talking with a couple more connections.

LANDO

Splendid.  I’m sorry I couldn’t be of more help to you.

He seems perfectly unruffled and at ease as he stands back for Leia at the door into the corridor.

LANDO

Miss Eredith.  I suppose Han has told you that the Falcon is repaired ready to fly…

191  INT CORRIDOR – THE ORBITAL CITY – NIGHT

They all come into the corridor, and they walk along it the corridorThe doorway into the suite is identical with the one 3PO opened by mistake.

LEIA

Yes.

CONTINUED

191  (cont.)

LANDO

And I have a ship going into the general sector And in a few days I’ll be able to find you passage out to the sector where you wished to go.

HAN

You see?  I told you everything would work out.

Leia can’t very well dispute this, yet she seems unconvinced.  As they walk along the corridor, she watches Lando.  He smiles.

LANDO

You’re wondering, Miss Eredith.  You’re too polite to ask, but still you wonder.  So I’ll tell you.  Yes.  I am I’m a clone.  Of the Ashardi family.  My great-grandfather wanted many sons and he produced them from the cells of his own body.  His sister, a remarkable woman, produced many daughters by the same means.  Thus we keep the blood pure.  But since the wars, there are not many of us left, and we try not to attract attention.

(a sadness comes into his voice, a remembering)

It did not didn’t seem strange to us to see our own faces endlessly repeated in the streets of our cities.  It gave us a sense of oneness, of belonging.  I Now, when every face is that of a stranger new and unknown different…I feel truly alone.

They are approaching a large and imposing doorway, which is closed.

LEIA

I’m sorry, Baron Kadar.  I didn’t mean to…

He brushes her protestations aside with a light hand.

LANDO

No matter.  Oh…I should tell you that we have a guest this evening.  I believe you all know him.

Lando throws open the door with a flourish.

192  INT DINING SALON – NIGHT

As Leia, Han, and Chewbacca, ushered in by Lando, stop to stare in shock at the dinner guest, rising in black enormous menace from the seat at the head of the table.

LANDO

The Princess Leia Organa…Lord Darth Vader.

DARTH VADER

(bowing)

Princess.

Han, stammering with fury, turns on Lando.

HAN

You…you…you sold us out!

He is about to go for Lando’s throat, but Chewie grabs and holds him by main force, growling.  He indicates a couple of Imperial troopers standing unobtrusively, but armed and ready.

HAN

I guess you’re right.

DISSOLVE TO

193  INT DINING SALON – NIGHT

Everyone is at table, Darth Vader presiding at the head; he is neither eating nor drinking.  Lando eats with a good appetite.  The others Chewbacca sits quiet, not touching anything.  Han and Leia have lost their appetites but both…and especially Han…are drinking wine.  Looking at Lando and contemplating murder.

LANDO

You see, Han, I had no choice.  I knew who the Princess was the moment you landed, I knew that the Empire wanted you both…and the Empire is important to me.  I suppose that I really owe my comfortable existence here to the Empire, though I’m not a part of it, and I continue to trade with both sides.  So I really had no choice.

HAN

I hope you were well paid.  You know what’s going to happen to us.

CONTINUED

193  (cont.)

LANDO

Lord Vader assured me that nothing would happen to any of you.

LEIA

Ha!  I’ve enjoyed Lord Vader’s hospitality before.  What’s the matter, Lord Vader?  Have you gone so far beyond humanity that you no longer need to eat, or drink?

DARTH VADER

I have had to forego those simple pleasures, like an along with many others; but there are compensations I survive.  And you’re forgetting something, Princess.  When we entertained you aboard the Death Star, you had information that we needed.  Now you have nothing.

LEIA

Then…I don’t understand.

DARTH VADER

Luke Skywalker.

HAN

Luke!

LEIA

What about him? But I don’t know where he is…or even if he’s still alive.

DARTH VADER

He’s alive.  And he’ll find you, because he loves you.

HAN

That’s ridiculous.  He could search for….

DARTH VADER

He’ll find her.  And until then, we wait.  I would advise you against any rash moves.  I’ve set a guard on the Falcon so there’s no escape that way.  I shan’t lock your doors unless you make it necessary.

LEIA

It’s impossible.  Luke hasn’t the faintest idea where we are.  You must be out of your mind.

DARTH VADER

Then there’s no need to worry, is there?

193  (cont.)

LEIA

Anytime the Empire is around, I worry.

She rises and strides out, not excusing herself or looking back.

HAN

Guess I’ll go, too.  The air’s bad in here.  Coming, Chewie Chewbacca?

Chewie growls.  They go out.  Darth Vader looks after them.  Lando glances at him uneasily, then goes on with his meal.  But he too seems to have lost his appetite.

DISSOLVE TO

194  INT CHEWIE’S QUARTERS – NIGHT

On Threepio’s head; remounted on his shoulders, is propped up on Chewie’s workbench.  Chewie, Han, and Leia stand round listening.

THREEPIO

That’s what I saw, when I opened the wrong door.  Imperial troopers.  I tried to get away to warn you…oh, dear, what a headache!  …but they caught me and…well, you see what they didI can’t bear to think of it.

LEIA

That’s why Lando wouldn’t have him repaired.  So he couldn’t talk.

HAN

I don’t know what to say, Leia.  Except that I should have listened to you.

She puts her hand out to him, he takes her in his arms.

LEIA

That doesn’t matter now.  Darth Vader’s setting up some kind of a trap for Luke, with me as the bait.

HAN

But that’s foolish. He couldn’t Luke can’t possibly find you.  Vader couldn’t possibly have found you if Lando hadn’t….

LEIA

Darth Vader’s a lot of things, but he’s no fool.  I’m worried frightened, Han.

 

They go out, Han’s arm comfortingly around her.

194  (cont.)

HAN

But I don’t see how Luke can find us.

LEIA

It doesn’t matter if whether we can see.  If Darth Vader says he can do it, he can do it.

Arguing, they go out of Chewie’s quarters.

195  INT SUITE – NIGHT

HAN

Luke’s just a kid!  Why would he… Vader want –

LEIA

Luke dropped the bomb down the slot that blew up the Death World.  Maybe that’s it, just revenge, or maybe it’s something more, something we don’t know about.   But I’m frightened, Han.

Han puts his arms around her, draws her to him.

196  INT CHEWBACCA’S QUARTERS – NIGHT

Threepio speaks to Chewbacca, who’s working with more wiring in Threepio’s torso.

THREEPIO

My friend.  My.  friend, you will help me? Put me back together again?

Chewie pats Threepio awkwardly on his metal head, and growls softly.

DISSOLVE TO

197  IN SPACE

Luke’s spacer speeding through a star-shot void.

198  INT SPACER

Artoo flies the ship while Luke exercises his mind powers, sitting remote and still in his chair.  Artoo watches him.  From time to time, Artoo beeps interrogatively questioningly.

LUKE

Wait Patience, little friend, It’s a long search.

Artoo waits, not patiently.  Eventually, Luke smiles.

198  (cont.)

LUKE

I know where she is now.  A world called Hoth. But there’s something else, a dark shadow…  Darth Vader.  Darth Vader He’s there too.  And he knows that that because of Leia I have to come to him.

Artoo starts twittering furiously,  Luke silences him.

LUKE

I wondered what would happen next time we met.  Might as well go and find out.  Prepare for jump. Set the coordinates for Hoth.

He begins to set up coordinates on the computer while Artoo makes doleful noises. Luke begins to push switches preparatory to jump, while Artoo consults the computer, making doleful noises.

DISSOLVE TO

199  INT CORRIDOR – THE ORBITAL CITY – DAY

On Lando Kadar walks toward the doorway which Threepio mistook for the one to Leia’s suite.  It is partly ajar and a rumble of men’s voices comes from inside.  Lando hesitates, then gives a perfunctory knock and enters.

200  INT DARTH VADER’S COMMAND HQ – DAY

A number of Imperial troopers stand guard.  Lando is inspected briefly…which does not please him…and he is then waved on to where Darth Vader discusses plans with two or three officers, bending over a table whereon is are spread schematic diagrams of the orbital city.  Lando waits a reasonable interval, then speaks.

LANDO

I believe you wished to see me, Lord Vader.

Darth Vader turns toward him, brusque and impatient.

DARTH VADER

I am sealing off the city.  Access will be through the main portal only.  Instruct your patrols to keep a five-mile radius clear of all this native clutter…

LANDO

These are my people.  They come and go as they will.

CONTINUED

200 (cont.)

DARTH VADER

Inform your ‘people’ that any who approach the city on any other path without my authorization will be summarily shot.

(as Lando reacts angrily)

You have your orders, Baron.

Lando looks back angrily at Darth Vader and the cold arrogant faces of the officers; he has not missed the hint of threat in the title Vader has flicked him with…the Empire giveth, and the Empire taketh away.  His own face becomes impassive.  He turns on his heel and stalks out.  The others return to their diagrams.

201  IN SPACE

There is a blink and a quiver in the fabric of space, and Luke’s spacer drops out of jump.

202  INT SPACER

Luke looks out of the port at the tiny distant ball of Hoth, glittering brightly.  He is frowning, concentrating hard.  He checks various instruments and scanners.

LUKE

If Imperial ships are waiting for us, they’re waiting very quietly.  We’ll head for the planet’s shadow, come in on the night side.

203  IN SPACE – HOTH

The cloudy planet casts a cone-shaped shadow, thrown by its sun.  The bright speck of Luke’s spacer vanishes into the it.

204  INT SPACER – IN PLANETARY SHADOW AND CLOUD

The cock spacer is dark, showing no neither running lights nor interior cabin lights except for the dim glow of the instrument panels.  Luke’s face, as he flies the ship, is intent and withdrawn.

LUKE

Darth Vader is and Leia are not on the planet.  Somewhere above it.  In a ship….?  No.  Larger than a ship.

Artoo beeps, point indicating one of the scanners.  Luke leans over.  The scanner shows the bulk of the planet with one bright spot just passing [unreadable] its upper limb.  Luke adjusts the scanner for long focus; the city springs into view, glittering with lights.

204  (cont.)

LUKE

An orbiting city.  All right.  We’ll keep well clear of it, drop down to the surface.  See if we can find someone to talk to, before we go barging in.

205  THE NIGHT SURFACE EXT HOTH – NIGHT

A dark landscape.  Something passes overhead with a whoosh and a soft groan, down below the cloud layer.

206  INT SPACER – NIGHT

Luke flies on, peering into the darkness, while Artoo watches the indicators.

LUKE

We’re awfully low.  Keep your eye out for molehills.

Artoo beeps.  Luke peers forward.

LUKE

Not very thickly populated.  Haven’t seen a sign of…  Wait a minute.  Artoo…are those lights up ahead?

Artoo peer clicks knowledgeably, swiveling his headpiece, then begins to twitter excitedly.

207  EXT RUINED CITY – NIGHT

As the spacer lands in the open space where the Falcon landed before.  A fair number of torches burn Many torches burn in the city, indicating that the clans have gathered.

208  THE SPACER

The engines shut off.  In a moment the hatch opens and the stairs are run down.  Luke stands in the doorway, looking out.

209  EXT CITY AND SPACER – NIGHT LUKE

He reacts to what he sees o.s.

210  HIS POV

White-haired warriors of the Cloud People are drawn up in stern ranks, with their pneumatic-dart weapons ready.  There is a sudden murmur as they react to the sight of Luke; a sharp word of command; and they fire.

211  LUKE

In the door hatchway, with Artoo behind him.  His face is set but not alarmed.  The darts rattle like hail against an invisible barrier and fall to the ground.

212  THE SPACER, THE NATIVES

The natives clap their hands over their mouths in astonishment.  Luke raises his own hand in the gesture of peace.  He descends the steps and walks toward a (sic) old man who has stepped forward…Bahiri.  The Cloud People, though awed by Luke’s power, are still hostile.

LUKE

I come in peace.  Why did you order your people to fire on me?

BAHIRI

Off-worlders are not welcome here now.  And you carry at your hip the strange weapon as the black giant who has taken over the city Imperial chief who has taken over the city.

LUKE

And I hope to destroy him with it.  Tell your men to put down their weapons; I’m on your side.

(Bahiri eyes him, unconvinced)

I’m looking for friends.  I think they’re captives in the city.  A man named Han Solo.  A girl with brown hair.  A very tall person named Chewbacca.  And a ‘droid man-shaped.  I want to get them free.

Bahiri motions to his warriors, who let their weapons relax from the firing position.

BAHIRI

Come with me.

He turns and Luke follows him into the city.

213  THE SPACER

Artoo stands grumbling in the hatchway, debating whether or not to try the steps, which are not suited to his build.

DISSOLVE TO

214  EXT RUINED CITY – NIGHT

Amid the ruins, torches burn and the Cloud People are about their cooking fires.  Luke and Bahiri sit beside a small fire, talking earnestly.

BAHIRI

You’re determined to walk into this trap.

LUKE

I have to.

BAHIRI

You’re a powerful shaman.  Perhaps you’ll survive.  In any case, we can help each other.

LUKE

How?

BAHIRI

As I told you, the city is sealed except for the single path, and twice now I have been forbidden to enter.  My foster-son Lando is also a prisoner of sorts captive there, being forced to do things that are without honor.  I want to talk to him honor.  If I could only talk to him, there I might be something I could do able to help…but three times now I’ve been forbidden to enter.

LUKE

If you brought me as a captive, though, they’d have to let you in?

Bahiri looks at Luke and nods.  Luke smiles.

DISSOLVE TO

215  INT CHEWBACCA’S QUARTERS – THE ORBITAL CITY – DAY

Chewie now has Threepio’s upper torso pretty well reassembled.  He works away on more wires and circuits.  Threepio talks.

215  (cont.)

THREEPIO

You’re doing that all wrong!  How many times have I told you, those are the negative terminals…  Oh!  You’re shorting You’ll short all my circuits, you hairy idiot.  I can’t stand it…Agh!

Chewie has begun to growl ominously.  Abruptly he reaches out and does something to Threepio’s neck which brings instant silence.

216  EXT GARDEN BALCONY – DAY

Han and Leia stand close together on the garden balcony, looking at the cloudy sky.

LEIA

What’s going to happen, Han?  I can’t quite see Darth Vader letting us go, no matter what he says.

HAN

I don’t know.  But I’ll tell you, if I ever get my hands on Lando Kadar’s throat…!

LEIA

Save some for me.

(sees something o.s.)

Han!

217  THEIR POV

A flight of snowy mantas appears out of the clouds, heading for the city.

LEIA  (over)

I thought the natives were forbidden…

HAN  (over)

They must have had clearance.  They’re heading straight down the slot.

218  IN THE SKY

The flight of Mantas, bearing natives including Bahiri.  Luke rides on one, and two of the Cloud People carry Artoo in a net between their mounts.

219  THE BALCONY

Han and Leia are now able to recognize Luke and Artoo.

HAN

It’s Luke…

LEIA

And Artoo.  Come on.  We have to warn them.

She and Han turn and run for the doorway, only to be met by several troopers.  Han tries to fight them and gets a blaster barrel under his jaw for his pains; Leia picks up a tub with an ornamental plant in it and throws it at the troopers, but one of them simply grabs her and carries her off.

220  INT CORRIDOR – ORBITAL CITY – DAY

The troopers, rough-handling Han and Leia, approach the doorway of their suite and toss them unceremoniously inside.  One of the troopers bends to lock the door.

221  INT SUITE – DAY

Han tries the door, shakes it.

HAN

They’ve locked us in.

(pounds on the door)

Hey, you…!  Open up!

Chewie comes running in from his quarters.  Taking in the situation at a glance, he stretches his arms over his head and approaches to batter the door down.  Leia stops him.

LEIA

No, not yet!  There are too many of them.  They won’t leave that many on guard…give them time to go.

Chewie looks at Han, who nods.

HAN

She’s right, as usual.

Chewie nods and hurries back into his quarters.

222  INT CHEWIE’S QUARTERS – DAY

Quickly Chewie picks up Threepio’s upper portion and puts it back in the box with the legs, etc.

223  EXT ORBITAL CITY – DAY

The main landing area.  The Mantas settle down.  Luke and Bahiri go toward Lando, who waits for them, with Artoo tagging behind.  Luke notes there are some of the city’s security men Luke notes the troopers drawn up around the area.

BAHIRI

This is my foster-son, Lando.  Lando, this is Han Solo’s friend, Luke Skywalker.

LUKE

Princess Leia and Han…are they safe?

LANDO

Yes.  Come.  I’ll take you to them.

BAHIRI

Lando.  I wish to speak to you.

LANDO

Father Bahiri…friend…please go.  I know you want to help me but there is no help.  Please, because I love you…go.

Lando has been speaking very softly.  Now he turns with Luke and goes in through the portal.  A couple of troopers fall in behind them.  Bahiri looks after them.  He makes his decision; he attempts to follow with his principal men, but troopers bar the way.  Roughly.  The old man looks at them contemptuously.

BAHIRI

We are free men.  We take no orders from the Empire.

Pneumatic weapons appear from beneath the flowing robes of the Cloud People.  They are largely futile against the troopers’ armour (sic).  Blasters fire.  A number of the natives go down, Bahiri among them.

224  INT CORRIDOR – DAY

Hearing the blasters, Lando turns and breaks back, looking out the door at the crumpled bodies beyond.

LANDO

No!  They’ve killed Bahiri.  He was an old man.  How could he have hurt them?

The troopers catch up with him and one of them rams a blaster into his middle.  Lando turns docilely enough and rejoins Luke.  But his face is the face of a stricken man.  He looks at Luke.

 

Continued

224  (cont.)

LANDO

I’m not taking you to your friends.

LUKE

I know.  You’re taking me to Darth Vader.

225  INT CORRIDOR – DOORWAY OF SUITE – DAY

A single trooper stands guarding the door, his back to it, his blaster across his arm.

226  INT SUITE – DAY

Han and Leia stand close to the door, but clear of it so as not to get in Chewie’s way.  Also nearby is the box containing Threepio.  Chewie listens carefully, his ear to the door.  He nods to the others and steps back to get a good run, his huge arms lifted.

227  INT CORRIDOR – DAY

The locked door of the suite suddenly bursts outward.  It knocks the guard flat and falls on top of him, followed instantly by the Wookie, Who pounds the guard into insensibility.  Han scoops up the blaster.  He starts off along the corridor with Leia, but Chewie runs back in and picks up the box with Threepio in it; it’s no light load even for Chewie, and Han looks at him as if he’s about to say something.

LEIA

We can’t just leave him.

HAN

Let’s go find Luke.

They hurry along the corridor, into another corridor, searching.

228  INT CORRIDORS – DAY

Luke, Lando, and troopers, with Artoo following.  They reach an intersection of corridors and Lando indicates a door at the far end of one.

LANDO

He’s waiting for you there.

Luke looks at the ominous door.  But suddenly there is a distraction; Leia, Han, and Chewie, with Threepio, come running along a side corridor.

CONTINUED

228  (cont.)

The group begins to turn into the corridor with the ominous door at the end…but Lando whirls abruptly, whipping a small weapon from beneath his coat.  Quiet bolts leap from it.  The troopers, taken by surprise, fall down.

LANDO

But we’re not going there.

He scoops up the blasters, hands one to Luke, pockets the small weapon.

LANDO

An extremely powerful shocker, only good at short range, but quite useful on occasion.  Come on.  We’ll get Han and the Princess.

They hurry on.  But at another intersection of corridors they see Han and Leia, and Chewie with his box, running toward them.  Instantly they halt and Han lifts his weapon to cover Lando.

HAN

Lando!  Stop right there.  Drop the blaster.  Luke, it’s all a trap.  He’s working for Darth Vader.

LUKE

He was, but he just changed sides.

HAN

Oh?

LANDO

They killed Bahiri.  I didn’t like what I was doing, and I’m not doing it any more.

Chewie has put down the box.  Artoo has seen it.  With an outburst of beeping and whistling, indicative of shock, Artoo scuttles to the box and begins to mourn over Threepio.

LANDO

There are guards on the Falcon, but I think we can get through them.

229  EXT CORRIDOR – DARTH VADER’S DOOR

The door opens and a number of troopers run out.  They run past the two fallen ones at the end of the corridor, then go after Luke and Lando.

230  LUKE, LANDO, AND GROUP

LANDO

There are guards on the Falcon, but I think we can get around them.

HAN

(taking Luke’s shoulder)

Come on, kid.  We’ll find a way.

LUKE

You’ll find a way.

Luke shoves the blaster into Chewie’s hands and glances at Threepio.

LUKE

Poor Threepio.

LEIA

He’ll be all right if we can get him away.  But Luke, you must come with us.  Darth Vader…

Luke kisses her.

LUKE

That’s why I have to stay.  Go now and don’t wait for me.  As soon as you’re aboard, take off.

LEIA

But Luke…

Luke, walking away, does not look back.

HAN

Ah, the kid’s out of his mind.

But he’s not happy.  He starts after Luke.  And suddenly the troopers appear at the intersection of the corridors.  Luke is between them and the fugitives, but they have a and they know that Luke is not to be killed.  But they have a clear field of fire past him and there’s no place for the others to duck.

TROOPER

Lay down your arms or we kill the Princess Leia.

Luke continues to move toward them, unarmed except for the sword sabre.  The others watch him, frozen.

LEIA

Luke..!

LUKE

(to himself)

May the Force be with me.

230  (cont.)

Suddenly the saber is out and blazing, and Luke’s face is no longer that of the farmboy from Tattoine (sic).  An ancient and powerful wisdom dwells there.  The light saber dances, slashes, flickers like lightning.  The troopers fire, but they seem bemused dazed and their shots go wild.  One By ones and twos they fall.

231  HAN, LANDO, AND GROUP

They stare in amazement.

HAN

What happened to the kid?

LANDO

Never mind that now.  Follow me.

He leads them away, Chewie shouldering his box and Artoo scuttling along beside, beeping plaintively.

232  LUKE

Saber in hand, he passes the fallen troopers and goes toward the door.  He flings it open.

233  INT DARTH VADER’S APARTMENT – DAY

Darth Vader, alone now, stands facing Luke as he enters, huge and menacing, the his own light saber in his hand.

DARTH VADER

Your friends are wasting their time.

(Luke shrugs)

Once more.  Luke.  Will you join with me?  Together we could rule the galaxy.

LUKE

No.

DARTH VADER

Then I have no choice.

He brings the sabre to the salute.  So does Luke.  They begin to fence.  Darth Vader is much larger and stronger, and twenty years more experienced.  But Luke is young and agile…and he has studied with Minch.  They fight, a breathtaking and deadly passage of arms, which takes them out of the room and into the corridors.  Darth Vader Luke holds his own, but just barely.

234  INT LITTLE-USED STAIRWAY – DAY

Lando leads the others down a stairway that obviously is only there for emergencies.  They go quietly, helping Artoo along, pausing often to listen.  Leia is agitated, Han is unhappy but realistic.  They speak in hurried whispers.

LEIA

We can’t go off without Luke!

HAN

He Those were his orders, Leia, and I think he knew what he was doing.  You’ve got to understand, Leia.  He’s not the same Luke we knew.

Lando motions them to silence, halts to listen, then moves on again.

235  LUKE AND DARTH VADER

They are fighting down a broad staircase now.  Luke, growing angrier, is on the defensive.  He stumbles.  Vader moves in.  But Luke sees a piece of statuary above, at one side.  By the power of the Force, he hurls it at Vader, who steps aside deflects it laughing, and hurls it at Luke, who narrowly evades itBut it gives Luke a respite. They stand for a moment, looking at each other, the anger deepening in Luke’s face, changing it.

 

VADER

You’re forgetting, little Jedi, that I’m 20 years older and stronger in the use of the Force than you and 20 years ago your father was helpless against me.

{insert}

INSERT

235  LUKE AND DARTH VADER

They are fighting down a broad staircase now.  Luke is on the defensive.  He stumbles.  Vader moves in.  Luke sees a piece of statuary above, at one side.  By the power of the Force, he hurls it at Vader, who deflects it, laughing.  But it gives Luke a respite.  They stand for a moment, looking at each other.

VADER

You’re very good, Luke.  But I’m twenty years older and stronger than you in the use of the Force.  You haven’t a chance with me…any more than your father had.

The anger deepens in Luke’s face, changing it.  Vader laughs softly and as Luke furiously attacks again.

236  INT LITTLE –USED STAIRWAY – DAY

Lando and the group have now reached the landing on the stairway which has a door that says HANGAR DECK – EMERGENCY ONLY.  They check their weapons, tensing themselves for the fray.

237  THE HANGAR DECK

The Falcon sits waiting patiently, with a guard of troopers drawn up around it.  The troopers are facing away from the emergency door.

238  INT EMERGENCY STAIRWELL – DAY

Lando pushes at the door.  Nothing happens.

HAN

What’s the matter?

LANDO

Against all orders, regulations, it’s locked.

238  (cont.)

 

Han brings up his blaster but Lando stops him.

 

LANDO

No…wait!

 

He motions them to silence and quickly remounts the stairs.  Leia looks after him doubtfully, but it (sic) sees they must trust him.

238  (cont.)

Han brings up his blaster to blow the door open, but Lando stops him.

LANDO

No, wait!  Let me try.

He motions them to silence and quickly runs back up the stair.  Leia looks doubtful, but they have no choice but to trust him.

239  LUKE AND VADER

 

They have fought their way deeper into the bowels of the city.  Luke is a brilliant swordsman, yet it is apparent that Vader is somewhat better.  He seems to be almost playing with Luke, driving him into corners where Luke must use some trick of the Force to get free.  He erects barriers, such as he used against the Cloud People; Vader smashes them contemptuously.  They are in a maintenace (sic) area far below the living quarters.  With increasing fury, Luke hurls things at Vader.  His face is dark and contorted.  He wants to kill Vader, to kill him for his own selfish ends, for revenge.  Vader seems ro (sic) be well pleased.

239  LUKE AND VADER

They have fought their way deeper into the bowels of the ciy (sic).  Luke is a brilliant swordsman, and it seems now that his youth and agility may be telling just a bit on Vader, and Luke drives him mercilessly.  But he can’t quite corner him.  He hurls things at Vader by mind-poer (sic), but somehow Vader always evades…and Vader sends objects hurtling back at Luke, almost braining him.  Luke fights with increasing ferocity, his one blind objective to destroy Darth Vader, but something has come into his face, something dark and unfamiar (sic).

240  INT HANGAR DECK

Lando, coming from the main entrance to the deck, approaches the guard around the Falcon.

LANDO

Lord Vaders orders.  The prisoners have escaped and may make an attempt on the ship.  They may already be hiding somewhere on the hangar deck.  I want four of you to go and search.  The rest of (sic) remain here while I check the doors.

(the men hesitate)

Would you care for me to inform Lord Vader?

Four of the troopers move away into the hangar.  Lando goes to the emergency door mot (sic) far away.

TROOPER

It’s locked, sir.

LANDO

Is it indeed!

He pulls it open.  Han and Chewie come out shooting.  Lando retrieves his blaster.  A fierce gun-battle breaks out, the troopers fall or run for cover.  Dragging the box with Threepio, the party makes a run for the Falcon.

240  (cont.)

But through another doorway farther along, fresh troopers pour in.  The gun battle cpntinues (sic), growing hotter.  Cursing at the aswkard (sic) box, with Artoo doing all he can to push, the party gains the Falcon with all hands including Threepio, and the hatch slams hut (sic) with a bang.  Shots continue to ricochet from the hull.

241  INT FALCON – THE HANGAR DECK

Han and Chewie bolt for the cockpit.  Leia looks out the cabin port.  Artoo, hovers over Threepio’s box.

LEIA

The troopers are bringing up some kind of a small weapon…look like rocket launches.

HAN

Armor piercing.  We’ve got to get out of here.

LANDO

The bay door opens on the right responds to the right frequency.  Where’s your transmitter?

He begins to punch out a signal.

ARTOO activates Threepio, who looks at him.

THREEPIO

Artoo…my little friend!  You came to me!  Where are we?  What’s happening?

Artoo goes off into a stream of beeps and whistles.

Up in the cockpit, the men see the bay doors begin to open.

HAN

Full power…

Abruptly then an inner set of doors, the blast doors, much heavier, snap shut with a booming crash.

LANDO

They’ve closed the crash blast doors.

The Falcon lurches wildly, slewing around to avoid collision.  Shots rattle on her hull.

THREEPIO

Oh, no.  I can’t stand any more.  I’ve been through too much. Good bye, Artoo.  Good bye, world.

He reaches up his own hand and deactivates himself.

242  LUKE AND VADER

They are in a large space in the lower pendulum of the city, where the great roaring ventilator shaft runs down to the reactor.  Vader now pours on the coal, and it is obvious that Luke is tired and losing, no matter how he uses the dark Force. Suddenly the scene changes as it did before in the clearing by Minch’s house; we see the blackness of space roiled and dusted with stars burning with stars and we see the large black shadow of Darth Vader towering against the starfields.  The smaller form of Luke is there as well, but and this time the shadow it casts is almost as dark a (sic) Vader’s.

VADER

You see, my little Jedi, you’re beaten.  You have used the dark side of the Force against me, as I knew you would…and powerfully.  Very powerfully, Luke.  With training, you could be as strong as I.

He reaches out for a handful stars (sic) and plays with them idly.

VADER

But you’ve had no training in the dark side, Luke.  You simply felt more power in it, and you used it for revenge, for hate, for the sake of being able to say that you, Luke Skywalker, had destroyed the great Darth Vader.

LUKE

(looking down at himself)

But I didn’t realize…

VADER

Of course you didn’t.  I simply led you along so that at each point you had a choice to make, and you always made the right one…or the wrong one.

He tosses a handful of stars over Luke’s shadowy form, where they run over him like sparks.

VADER

So, once more, little Jedi.  Or Will you join with me, and let me teach you the uses of the dark side of the force…or will you at the last minute remember your oath and die?

LUKE

I think I would prefer to die.

Continued

242  (cont.)

Luke stands silent, watching the stars trickle away and vanish.  His shadowy form is growing intangibly lighter.

LUKE

I’ve wasted and thrown away all the careful teaching I was given.  I betrayed my trust, I broke my oath.  I would prefer to die.

VADER

You’re a fool, Luke.  Nevertheless, it can be arranged.

The illusion dissolves back in to the maintenance area around them around the shaft.  Luke, himself again, stands facing Vader with his light saber.  Vader, some distance away, laughs softly.

VADER

You’re weak, little Jedi, without the dark side.  But I warn you that if you use it once more, you are lost…forfeit in this world and the next.

He lunges forward and the battle is on again.

243  INT FALCON

Sounds of weaponry outside.  Lando has manned one of the Falcon’s guns and is holding off the attak (sic) as best he can.  In the cockpit, Han and Chewie are conferring furiously.

HAN

All right, everybody, Down on the deck.  I’m going to try to…..

LEIA

We can’t go without Luke!

HAN

Can you give me any practical ideas on how to find hm (sic) and bring him here?  Besides, weren’t you the one who told me that the mission to Marekal was more important that (sic) any individual?

Defeated, Leia turns away.

HAN

Continued

243  (cont.)

HAN

We’re going to try to We’re going to try to blow out these blast doors with the Falcon’s main jets.  Don’t know if it’ll work or not, but it’ll make the devil of a bang.  Hang on now.

(They all get down, except Artoo, who stays protectively by Threepio)

Full brakes, Chewie.  Reverse forward thrusters.  Okay, here we go.

He thrusts down on a main lever.

244  INT HANGAR

The Falcon, slewed with her main tail tubes facing the blast door, lets go her jets at maximin (sic) power.  The roar is stunning.  Smoke and flame billow.  Troopers are bowled over by the concussion; they drop their weapons, they roll on the floor deafened and half stunned; those who can, run.

245  THE BLAST DOORS

They buckle, crumple, and go flying out into the sky outward.

246  INT FALCON

Wild cries of triumph and thanksgiving.

HAN

Swing her around, Chewie!  Let’s go!

247  INT HANGAR

The Falcon begins to turn turns swiftly to face the open doors.  It takes off.

248  LUKE AND VADER

They continue their fight in the maintenance area.  Luke, now eschewing the dark side of the Force, is fighting with amazing power, but Darth Vader is more than holding his own.  Little by little, Luke is forced back to the railing that protects the terrible shaft.

249  EXT CITY – THE FALCON

The Falcon is free of the city, but not of trouble.  Scout boats are closing in from their patrol positions.  This is not an immediate menace.  But Vader’s men have mounted heavy gun emplacements on the balconies of the city and the fire is hot.

250  INT FALCON – DAY

Lando has taken over the rear stern gun, and is firing away.

LANDO

Down below the curve of the city.  They can’t reach us there.

251  EXT CITY – THE FALCON

It dives down under the top-shaped bulge of the city, screened at least from the gun emplacements.

252  LUKE AND VADER

Forcing Luke steadily back, Vader gets him p9nned (sic) agains (sic) the rail.  Fighting valiantly but without hope, Luke glances down the shaft.

253  HIS POV

The dreadful shaft, sucking its torrent of air.  Here and there the blowholes are visible, air vents, and here and there a (sic) stout metal bars thrust out from the sides, probably for maintenance work in the vent-holes.  At the far bottom, the dim glare of the reactor glows beneath its shielding.  It is altogether a heart stopping sight.

254  LUKE AND VADER

Luke turns bakc (sic) to the fight to see that Vader is rushing at him to deal the death-stroke.  Valiantly Luke lifts his saber to parry; then as Vader’s blade comes streaking down, Luke deactivates his sabre and darts aside.  Thrown momentarily off balance because the unexpected ruse and the lack of opposition to his blade, Vader is overbalanced.  Luke leaps aside and over the railing into the shaft.

255  VADER

He is hanging in an effort not to follow Luke, staring down.

266  VADER’S POV LUKE IN TUNNEL

256  LUKE IN SHAFT

He catches one of the protruding steel bars.  He is almost torn loose, but he manages to swing his body into one of the vent holes.  He disappears.

256 (sic)  LUKE IN VENT HOLE

Being carried along at dizzying speed.  At the end there is a steel grating to catch larger pieces of debris.  Luke is a large piece of debris.  He takes out his saber He lies there a moment hugging the grate, wondering what to do next…and he sees the Falcon approaching on a path that will bring it close to and under the mount of the tube.  Frantically he hauls out his sabre and activates it, begins o (sic) cut the mesh, kicking at it to loosen at it, yelling perfectly useless pleas to the Falcon to slow down, watch, wait, etc.  Inexorably, the Falcon comes closer.

257  EXT CITY – THE FALCON

It is now passing close to and a little below the vent.  The mesh is red hot but still holding.  A series of wild kicks from inside kocks (sic) it loose enough so that Luke can wriggle through.  He doesn’t hesitate, but leaps for the back of the Falcon landing by the upper hatch and clinging for dear life.

258  INT FALCON – DAY

HAN

What’s that?

LANDO

Something hit us.

HAN

Chewie.  Take a look.

Chewie picks up his blaster and mounts the ladder.  He opens it a crack, sticking the blaster through.

259  EXT FALCON – DAY

Luke peers in to to crach (sic) with the blaster and Chewies fierce eyes.

LUKE

Chewie, let me in.  It’s Luke.

260  Int FALCON

As Luke is being hauled bodily inside.  He is greeted by a babble of questions, exclamations of joy, etc.

HAN

Bat Dog down that hatch, Chewie!  All the rest of it can wait.  We’ve got to If we don’t get out of here or we’re all goners.  I’ll think of a place to jump to.

LEIA

You will not…not this time!  I’ll think of a place to jump to.

Artoo has activated Threepio.

THREEPIO

Master Luke!  Master Luke!  I can’t begin to tell you what terrible things I’ve been through.  Did you beat Darth Vader?

LUKE

No (sic) this time, Threepio.  But perhaps there is a the next time, if there is one.

Leia has gone forward and bending over Han by the computer.

HAN

I hope you know what you’re doing.  Prepare for jump!

The stars become streaks of brilliant light through the port.

260 (sic)  THE ORBITAL CITY

Left behind, wheeling on its way around the planet Hoth.

DISSOLVE TO

262  INT FALCON – IN JUMP

Han, Leia, and Luke are deep in conversation.  Threepio Artoo has all of Threepio’s component parts spread out on the deck, in the order they belong and is working to assemble them.  Threepio is awake and talkative.  Chewie in the cockpit.

HAN

Continued

263 (sic) (cont.)

HAN LUKE

I almost beat him at that, but the wrong way…the more I was winning, the more I was losing.  I was so full of hate, and rage, and the desire for revenge.  I was using the dark side of the force without even realizing it, and he was making me destroy myself.

LEIA

But you didn’t.

LUKE

No (sic) quite.  He asked me again to join with him…he said that together we could rule the galaxy.  I said no, so he came in for the kill.  I’ve got an awful lot to learn yet.

They are interrupted by an angry outbrust (sic) angry gowling (sic) mingled with furious beepings and twittering.  Chewie has come from the cockpit to stand over Threepio.  After all, he’s done a lot of work on the ‘droid and has certain proprietary rights.

THREEPIO

Oh, no.  Not his tender ministrations again!

Artoo is warning Chewie off.  He attacks the big Wooky (sic), running up as if he intends to bite him on the knees, like an irate small dog.  He can’t bite, of course, but his under pinnings are heavy when he treads on Chewie’s feet.  The others laugh.

HAN

Better let him alone, Chewie.  After all, he’s a ‘droid and he probably knows more about repairing one than you do.

Grumbling, Chewie retreats, and Artoo commences to work on Threepio.

264  VIEW OF THE PLANET BESSPIN KAALIEDA FROM SPACE

An extremely beautiful planet revolves jewl-like (sic) in space.

265  EXT GARDEN – BESSPIN KAALIDA – NIGHT

Brilliant moons illuminate beautiful gardens.  In one of them, with the Falcon visible in b.g., our people are saying their farewells.  Han and Leia stand alone, Chewie waiting in the background.  Threepio, now fully restored, and Artoo, stand together at one side.  Luke is by himself, his face set but quiet and controlled.  Lando is nearby.

266  HAN AND LEIA

Lovers; close together.

LEIA

Come back to me, Han.

HAN

As soon as I’ve won over persuaded Ovan Marekal to join us.

LEIA

Even if you don’t persuade him.

They kiss, and Han turns toward the ship, waving a farewell salute to Luke stopping to shake hands with Luke.

HAN

Take care of her, Luke.  And yourself.

Luke waves acknowledgement.  Lria (sic) runs to Chewie and throws her arms around him.  He rumbles, patting her awkwardly, and then Threepio comes up, with Artoo.

THREEPIO

I really deserve to have my vocal apparatus rusted shut for a year.  You were doing you (sic) best, trying so hard, and I…well, I’m ashamed.

Chewie rumbles and pats Threepio on the shoulder.  But when Artoo starts to beep, Chewie growls and stamps on Artoo’s underpinnings…which only hurts Chewie’s foot and sends him on his way grumbling.

Han stops to shake Lando’s hand.

HAN

Hadn’t been for you, Lando, none of us would have been here.

The men shake hands.  Han and Chewie go on toward the ship.  In a moment the others turn and enter a nearby building.

267  INT CORRIDOR – BUILDING

A lift opens.  Leia, Luke, Lando, Threepio, and Artoo get out and walk out onto a garden balcony rich with flowers.  They stand waiting.  The Falcon takes off, rising into the starry sky on a plume of flame.  They watch it diminishing in against the starry sky.  We see their faces.  The ‘droids.  Leia, with all her heart and soul in her eyes, watching the man she loves vanish into unknown dangers.  And Luke…older, wiser, and more humble about his shortcomings, still loving Leia but in a different way.  Abruptly he unsheathes the light-sabre and activates, holding it in a position of salute for the departing Falcon.

THE END

***

Download: The Empire Strikes Back – Scanned First Draft by Leigh Brackett (PDF)

Download: The Empire Strikes Back – First Draft by Leigh Brackett (transcript)

 


The Luke Starkiller Sourcebook

Brendon Wahlberg | May 14, 2010 in Brendon Wahlberg | Comments (0)

Tags: , , ,

The Luke Starkiller Sourcebook
By Brendon Wahlberg

This mini-sourcebook contains background material from the Second Draft of Star Wars, supplemented with selected material from the first draft, both of which were written by George Lucas. This sourcebook was written in preparation for my sequel to the Lucas script, “Princess of Ondos“. This sourcebook details the major characters, planets, and factions of this early version of Lucas’ Star Wars universe. This information is based entirely on the work of George Lucas. –Brendon Wahlberg

CHARACTERS

ARTOO DETOO (R2-D2) an old and battered construction robot. Artoo is a short (36 inches), claw-armed, tri-ped R-2 unit. His face is a mass of computer lights, surrounding a radar eye. He has a metallic claw arm for grasping and one for computer interface, a hologram projector, and a small floodlight on his forehead. He makes a series of electronic sounds that only a robot could understand, an elaborate combination of whistles, beeps and clicks. He served Master Deak for three years and eight months. He now chooses to continue to serve Master Luke. Artoo can be quite emotional, showing anger or sheepishness when things don’t go his way. He often swears electronically, and can be quite rude to C-3PO.

BAIL ANTILLES one of the Aquillian Rangers. He is a tall man with a distinctive uniform; on his helmet is the crest of Aquillae. He carries a “laser sword” (a small baton kept on his belt which instantly ignites into a long glowing laser light sword) and serves The Force of Others. The Rangers are agents of the Starkiller, and Bail shows great respect for the Starkiller and his sons.

BIGGS AND WINDY STARKILLER the youngest sons of the Starkiller, twin boys a little over seven years old, both very excitable, playful, and restless. They are living with Owen Lars until they are ready to be trained.

CHEWBACCA an eight foot tall, savage-looking creature resembling a huge gray bush-baby monkey with fierce “baboon”-like fangs. His large yellow eyes dominate a fur-covered face and soften his otherwise awesome appearance. Over his matted, furry body, he wears two chrome bandoliers, a flak jacket painted in a bizarre camouflage pattern, brown cloth shorts, and little else. He is a two-hundred-year-old “Wookiee”, and a sight to behold. Han speaks to the Wookiee in his own language, which is little more than a series of grunts. Chewbacca is Han’s first mate on their stolen ship. He can be either fierce or very frightened in the face of danger. He willingly joins Han in his con artist schemes. (See ALIENS – Wookiees)

CLIEGG STARKILLER (dies on the mission to find Luke, before Deak is captured) The older brother of Deak, Cliegg was a son of the Starkiller.

(LORD) DARTH VADER “First Knight of the Sith”. A seven foot tall Black Knight of the Sith, Vader is “right hand” to the Master of the Sith, Espaa Valorum. His sinister face is partially obscured by his flowing black robes and grotesque breath mask, which are in sharp contrast to the fascist white armored suits of the Imperial stormtroopers. Lord Vader speaks in an oddly filtered voice through his complex breathing mask. He is unspeakably evil and terrifying. He is sadistic and brutal, and tends to laugh horribly. Although he is a strong leader among the Sith, he is feared by Imperial troops, and he dislikes the Imperials he has to work with. In the Battle of Yavin, Vader’s ship crashed into Han Solo’s starship. Whether Vader survived is unclear.

DEAK STARKILLER The young captain appears to be about twenty-five years old, and he is the oldest surviving son of the Starkiller. He wears the loose-fitting robes of a Jedi knight. The imposing young Jedi carries a chrome laser pistol in a holster and a glowing red laser sword. He is the best warrior among the sons of the Starkiller. After his rescue from Alderaan, where he was tortured by the Sith, the Bogan is still heavy with him and he needs time to recover. Facing battle with a grim smile, Deak is brave, resourceful, and resolute even in the face of great danger.

EMPEROR COS DASHIT (From the first draft) The dark Cos Dashit is “Lord of Alderaan, Consul to the Supreme Tribunal, and ruler of the Galactic Empire”. He is a thin, gray-looking man, with an evil mustache which hangs limply over his insipid lip.

ESPAA VALORUM “Master of the Sith”. His Eminence Prince Espaa Valorum, the Master of the Bogan, killed most (but not all) of the Starkiller’s sons.

GENERAL AAY ZAVOR a large, nervous, cowardly, sallow-eyed Rebel General.

GENERAL DODANA a young astro-general.

The GRANDE MOUFF TARKIN a thin, bird-like Rebel commander of the outland Kesselian Dragoons. A proponent of using cybormitic (cyborg) analysis for attack and planning procedures, rather than using The Force of Others.

HAN SOLO a young Corellian pirate only a few years older than Luke. He is a burly-bearded but ruggedly handsome boy dressed in a gaudy array of flamboyant apparel. Solo thinks he is an important starpilot, but he was really only a “Cabin-Boy” for Oxus. He is very cocky: “Nothing’s impossible. Not for me anyway”. For his services, he is paid eight million in neatly minted chrome bars by the Starkiller. Luke gives him a gray gunbelt with a chrome laser sword attached. It was fashioned by the Bomerwrights of Sullest, and it is a special blade with great power that will never fail. Han has a large ego and can be condescending and sarcastic. He is a con artist who thinks on his feet and lies as easily as he laughs. He is also foolhardy, and tends to run right into a fight. He is always after the big monetary payoff.

JABBA THE HUTT a gruff and grisly pirate, large and mangy, a slavering hulk who works for Oxus.

LEIA (LARS) the beautiful sixteen-year-old daughter of Owen and Beru. She has a crush on Luke; she admires him and worries for him. Luke does not seem comfortable with her affection and love. She is suspicious and outspoken by nature.

LUKE STARKILLER a short, chubby boy about eighteen years old. He is a son of the Starkiller. Luke might be the subject of the prophecy — “…And in the time of greatest despair there shall come a savior, and he shall be known as: THE SON OF THE SUNS.” (Journal of the Whills, 3:127) A Seer tells him, “Your fate is clouded…but the will of the force has set your path. The man you seek you’ll find inside (Solo); the one who needs you, you’ll find in time (Deak). Fear not, for the “son of the suns” will free us all.” “The son of the suns” is the last of the Starkiller line, whom the seers have said would bring down the Empire. (This is Luke, a son born under the twin suns.) Raised on Utapau by the Lars family, Luke lived with them and his mother until she died. More scholar than warrior, he preferred to work on jud stone carvings, and a “catalog on the ancients”, a paleontology text. Luke is a bit naïve. Owen has tried to teach him the ways of a warrior, and while Luke is a good pilot, he is not very good at the disciplines of power or speed. For example, he does not yet know the “grip of tython” or “the seven moves”. Luke looks up to Deak for being a warrior. But Luke has a mature wisdom, and in need, he is good with a laser sword. Afraid and reluctant to join the fight, he nevertheless faces his responsibility. He doesn’t give up, and is good under pressure. Luke has yet to learn about the Force, from a father he doesn’t remember and has never met.

MONTROSS HOLDAACK a large, aging, portly Corellian man who walks with a stiff, awkward gait. He is a friend and partner to Han Solo. In the past, Montross single-handedly destroyed a colony of Banthas and rescued Solo from death. According to Solo, he is “the greatest science officer in the galaxy”. Always thinking scientifically, he relies on study and calculations before acting. He is a cyborg with nothing human left but his head and right arm. He was formerly one of the greatest warriors in the galaxy. Losing so much of his body continually threatens him with madness or death. He is good at coming up with cautious, careful plans, balancing Solo’s recklessness. Montross feels old and weary, and is easily upset.

OWEN LARS a bearded, sturdy-burly man in his early fifties who has a plump-jolly wife, Beru. Owen has trained seven of The Starkiller’s sons in the disciplines of a warrior, but he is not a Jedi Bendu himself. He smokes a pipe.

Owen and Beru are parental, and act like a kind old married loving couple. They are supportive and faithful to Luke. Although he plans to leave Utapau, Owen is destined to be captured along with his family. Owen feels his main duty is to the twins.

(CAPTAIN) OXUS a drunkard man of the grossest dimensions. His scarred face is a grim testimonial to his prowess as a pirate and a killer. Oxus is an evil galactic buccaneer — the terror of the Outland territories. He smuggles Akurian spice shipments, Covina, and “Auraspice”, a silver powder. Oxus easily flies into a drunken rage. He is likely to hunt down Han Solo for stealing his ship.

SEE THREEPIO (C-3PO) an old and battered construction robot. He is a tall, slender C-3 unit of human proportions. He has a gleaming bronze-like metallic surface of an “Art Deco” design. He functions in Human-Cyborg relations and as an interpreter. C-3PO served Master Deak for over three years. Now he chooses to continue to serve Master Luke. The pessimistic C-3PO is very talkative, and worries out loud a great deal. He and Artoo argue and insult each other, but they hold real affection for one another.

THE STARKILLER a wizened old man with long silver hair and white robes. He is over three hundred years old. An aura of power radiates from the ancient Jedi. The Starkiller is a large man, but shriveled and bent by an incalculable number of years. His face, cracked and weathered by exotic climates, is set off by a long silver beard and penetrating crystal-clear gray-blue eyes. He is an elusive person, more of a myth than a man. He is a very commanding leader. One of his possessions is a gold medallion with his crest on it, given to Deak and taken by Vader. It has great power. His plans now include teaching Luke about the Force. The Starkiller divined the Death Star’s weak point using the Force.

WIFE OF THE STARKILLER (Not Named) Dead and buried beneath a tall smooth stone planted on a mound at the Lars homestead. Many Jedi have fallen since she died. Luke misses her very much.
THE FORCE

BLACK KNIGHTS OF THE SITH a ferocious rival sect of mercenary warriors who fight against the Jedi. During one of his lessons, a young Padawan-Jedi, a boy named Seig Darklighter, came to know the evil half of the force, and fell victim to the spell of the dreaded Bogan. He ran away from his instructor and taught the evil ways of the Bogan Force to a clan of Sith pirates, who then spread untold misery throughout the systems. They became the personal bodyguards of the Emperor. The Jedi were hunted down by these deadly Sith knights. With every Jedi death, contact with the Ashla grows weaker, and the force of the Bogan grows more powerful.

JEDI BENDU OF ASHLA In another time, long before the Empire, and before the Republic had been formed, a holy man called the Skywalker became aware of a powerful energy field which he believed influenced the destiny of all living creatures…The “Force of Others”. After much study, he was able to know the force, and it communicated with him. He came to see things in a new way. His “aura” and powers grew very strong. The Skywalker brought a new life to the people of his system, and became one of the founders of the Republic Galactica. The “Force of Others” talked to him in a manner different from the way humans talk. The “Force of Others” has two halves: Ashla, the good, and Bogan, the paraforce or evil part. Fortunately, the Skywalker came to know the good half and was able to resist the paraforce; but he realized that if he taught others the way of the Ashla, some, with less strength, might come to know Bogan, the dark side, and bring unthinkable suffering to the Universe. For this reason, the Skywalker entrusted the secret of The Force only to his twelve children, and they in turn passed on the knowledge only to their children, who became known as the “Jedi Bendu of the Ashla”: “the servants of the force”. For thousands of years, they brought peace and justice to the galaxy.

Until the tragic Holy Rebellion of “06”, the respected Jedi were the most powerful warriors in the Universe. For a hundred thousand years, generations of Jedi Bendu knights learned the ways of the mysterious Force of Others, and acted as the guardians of peace and justice in the Republic. Now these legendary warriors are all but extinct. One by one they have been hunted down and destroyed by the Sith. At one time there were several hundred Jedi families, but now there are only two or three. They’re hidden; but many are still fighting to free the systems from the grip of the Empire.

THE FORCE OF OTHERS A picture of how the Force works can be gathered from lines in the script. Anyone can feel the Force when it is in use, and it can have a strong effect on some alien species, such as Monduths. In fact, a primary use of the Force seems to be influencing large groups of people in battle. The Force can be strong among a group, or in a place (The Bogan force is strong with the enemy. The power of the Bogan is strong on the Death Star). When the Bogan is directed at a group, it can have a devastating effect. (The Bogan force is too strong upon us. Our spirit is broken. The Bogan is already beginning to work on you…Will you flee like frightened children again? We were overwhelmed; his plan was hopeless as this new plan of his is hopeless…). Of course, the Ashla can have the same effect. (Yes, my Lord, the Ashla Force is strong upon us. I can’t hold the panic). It is within the power of strong willed individuals to try to fight off the effects of the Force. (You must rally the men, fight off your despair. You’re feeling the Bogan’s despair. Be strong, drive it from your thoughts. It’s the Bogan force making you feel that way. Don’t give up hope… fight it! We must strain — counter the force). For servants of the Ashla, fighting the Bogan seems to involve positive thinking. (Think of good things. The force of the Bogan is strong, and if you don’t feel you can make it, you probably won’t). There seems to be a balance to the Force. When one side gets stronger, the other gets weaker. It is possible to weaken one side so much that its servants lose contact with it. (With every Jedi death, contact with the Ashla grows weaker, and the force of the Bogan grows more powerful. Your contact with The Force of Others is weak to the point where it can no longer be trusted. The Force of Others is no longer with us). At times like those, faith seems to be a very important question. (The force of others is still with us… This new attack formula is contrary to the cyborg plan and depends too much on faith…a faith that deserted us at Ogana Major. Our blind, unwavering faith in you and the Ashla has led to our doom… His son brings us new faith).

The Force gives power over physical objects. (Every object that isn’t bolted down is picked up by an invisible force and hurled at the young Jedi. When the objects reach about two feet of Deak, they are deflected by an invisible shield which surrounds him. The Sith knights raise their arms over their heads, creating a powerful force field. The mighty blast-shield door bulges under the pressure of the Sith para-force). Another use of this telekinetic power is strangulation. (Suddenly it appears as if the commander can’t catch his breath). Powerful Sith like Vader can even drain an opponent’s energy. (Deak seems to be under increasing pressure and strain, as if an invisible weight were being placed upon him. He shakes his head and blinking, tries to clear his eyes. Slowly Deak is forced to his knees as all his energy is drained from his being. Finally, he collapses in a heap). A Jedi who has been affected by the Bogan can suffer “spiritual wounds”. In death, a Jedi “joins the Force of Others”. The Force also gives a telepathy-like power over very long distances, as when Luke gets a message from his father.

Finally, it should be emphasized that understanding the Force is a spiritual matter. (The Bogan arts often run contrary to the ways of science…and logic. You would trust a machine’s logic over The Force of Others?)

THE KIBER CRYSTAL a small diamond-like crystal. It is the only one in existence. A Jedi can use the supernatural gem to intensify the Ashla force a hundred fold, but it can also be used to intensify the power of the Bogan. The Sith would do anything to have it, for it would mean their certain victory. It can be used for healing. It can also be used to hold off the force of the Bogan and create panic among the Sith. As the Starkiller said, “The Sith are many, but we hold the one power mightier than they: the Kiber Crystal. It is your captain and your banner. Do not fear to go where it leads”. When it is used, the Kiber’s force moves into the wielder’s body, and the powerful stone radiates a clear almost blinding light.
HISTORY

REPUBLIC GALACTICA and the FIRST GALACTIC EMPIRE The Republic Galactica is dead. Ruthless trader barons, driven by greed and the lust for power, have replaced enlightenment with oppression, and “rule by the people” with the First Galactic Empire.

As the Republic spread throughout the galaxy, encompassing over a million worlds, the Great Senate grew to such overwhelming proportions that it no longer responded to the needs of its citizens. After a series of assassinations and elaborately rigged elections, the Great Senate became secretly controlled by the Power and Transport guilds. When the Jedi discovered the conspiracy and attempted to purge the Senate, they were denounced as traitors.

Several Jedi allowed themselves to be tried and executed, but most of them fled into the Outland systems and tried to tell people of the conspiracy. But the elders chose to remain behind, and the Great Senate diverted them by creating civil disorder. The Senate secretly instigated race wars, and aided anti government terrorists. They slowed down the system of justice, which caused the crime rate to rise to the point where a totally controlled and oppressive police state was welcomed by the systems. The Empire was born. The systems were exploited by a new economic policy which raised the cost of power and transport to unbelievable heights. Many worlds were destroyed this way. Many people starved.

REBEL ALLIANCE From the celestial equator to the farthest reaches of the Great Rift, seventy small solar systems (including Ogana Major) have united in a common war against the tyranny of the Empire. Under the command of a mighty Jedi warrior known as The Starkiller, the Alliance has won a crushing victory over the deadly Imperial Star Fleet. The Empire knows that one more such defeat will bring a thousand more solar systems into the rebellion, and Imperial control of the Outlands could be lost forever.
STAR WARRIORS

IMPERIAL LEGIONS OF ALDERAAN Stormtroopers who carry reflective chrome shields, multiplelaser rifles, electronic cuffs, com-link transmitters, small lights in their gunbelts, a thin cable on a utility belt, and laser swords. They wear white armor. They are also known as Manthas troops among the Sith.

IMPERIAL TIE FIGHTERS ion engine driven ships, sleek space fighters from the Imperial third fleet. The craft are small cylindrical power shells dominated by two huge solar fins. They can fly in a tight formation. The Imperial fighters are four-man craft crammed with sophisticated electronic weaponry. The cold, professional Pilot and Gunnery Officer sit side by side, surrounded by lighted read-outs. They wear the same gleaming black uniforms as the dungeon guards. TIE fighters can fire two deadly laser bolts at a time. TIE fighter equipment includes communications, life form scanners, ship position readouts, sun shields, and grappling/towing lines.

REBEL FIGHTERS The several different types of sleek two-man fighter craft have a wide variety of markings. Several of the ships have bizarre and colorful designs painted across their large deflector fins, which transforms the crafts into huge and grotesque creatures, while others create beautiful and unique mosaic patterns. Starpilots and navigators in a variety of different style spacesuits wear helmets and space packs. The air warriors are a wide mix of humans and other creatures from the many systems in the Alliance. The ships have ion engines. The navigator sits in a small isolated glass bubble to the rear of the craft. The many monitors are filled with various computer read-outs and displays. Over the com-link, starpilots can report to their Pilot Leader. Two gunners rotate around in the gun-pod. Fuel pods are jettisoned before an attack.

STAR DESTROYERS Giant Imperial star destroyers are warships which can fire hundreds of deadly laser bolts. On the bridge, an awesome array of lighted panels and computer monitors are reflected in the polished black helmets of six Imperial master-pilots. A fifth-ranked General of the Fleet sits in a rotating chair suspended from the cabin ceiling, watching the chief pilot maneuver the huge warship. For a boarding action, the huge gray underbelly of the Imperial warship can hover over a target while a small hatch near one of the complex antenna groupings silently slides open. With fascist precision, ten stormtroopers wearing ominous armored spacesuits then drop onto the top of the targeted rebel craft.

AIR TANKS (from the first draft) Large, ponderous air tanks start up with a loud roar and move slowly, riding magically two to three feet above the ground. The tank pilots talk to one another on an intercom system. The tank crews can track targets with various electronic scopes, and can open up with a barrage of laser bolts. Antenna groupings protrude from the tops of the air tanks, where the main hatch is located. The main control panel in the crowded tank interior contains lights, monitors, and several switches.

TUSKENS Ride in sinister-looking, black Imperial speeders. Large, gray, burly Imperial “Tuskens” have reddish eyes sunken in larger than normal faces. Tusken Platoons scout, spy, and report for the Empire.

HAN SOLO’S STARSHIP a long, complex spacecraft – a Corellian Gypsy vessel, a rag-tag, custom-built ship, a modified F-888 Cargo Trawler. The entry bay of the large starship is also the main lounge area of the ship. There are high-backed chairs and a small lighted table covered with many small metal figures. Each side of the game table has a small computer monitor embedded in it. There is also another large table. The cockpit of the starship is crowded with a haphazard array of computer switches and monitors, alive with humming meters and softly buzzing read-outs. There are scan-shielded compartments and lockers on board. The ship has at least seven escape pods. For weapons, the ship has two main laser cannons mounted in large rotating bubble turrets, and a rear gun turret. A Gunner straps in, dons glare reflectors, adjusts his head-phones, and searches his electronic tracking screen for Imperial fighters. In Hyper-skip, the pirate starship races through the galaxy at an incredible speed and is still maneuverable.

DEATH STAR A huge, armored space station as large as a small moon, the Death Star has a low travelling velocity. The north pole of the complex globe has six black towers dominating the detailed portion of the sphere. In an area somewhere below these generating towers, there is a small thermal exhaust port. It is an unshielded shaft that runs directly into the reactor system. A direct hit straight into the shaft would set up a chain reaction that would destroy the Death Star. The greatest concentration of fire power is at the poles. The complex surface of the fortress includes prime power terminals, large turbo-powered laser gun emplacements, a huge radar disc, a north pole transmitter area, a forest of radar domes, antennae and gun towers, sophisticated deflection systems, solar panels, and many outcroppings of laser towers and transmitters. The Death Star in action: “Explosions create blinding flashes on the planet’s surface as the Imperial fortress bombards the moon with a fusillade of laser bolts. Half the planet is torn away. What’s left of it is contaminated”.

From the first draft: “Men and robots of various shapes and sizes populate the station. Grim-faced Imperial troopers ride small rocket platforms through the halls. The Death Star was commanded by CRISPIN HOEDAACK, a newly appointed Imperial Governor, a young, evil, treacherous man with stone-cut, angular features, and piercing grey eyes. The Governor’s Quarters are an important looking office complex. There are several heavily guarded doorways before the main chamber. Seated behind a large, cluttered desk surrounded by generals and attaches is Governor Hoedaack.”
PLANETS

UTAPAU A Planet with a warm, amber surface, Utapau has five lifeless small moons. One of the Outland Dark Planets.

Locations and features include:

EDGE OF THE DUNE SEA – JUNDLAND, or “No Man’s Land” where the rugged desert mesas meet the foreboding dune sea.

ROCK CANYON The gargantuan rock formations are shrouded in a strange mist, and the ominous sounds of unearthly creatures fill the air.

ANCHORHEAD From a distance, the settlement of Anchorhead shines under the twin suns like an inviting oasis, but it is merely a small settlement. It consists of a few run-down blockhouse-type buildings, and rests against one of the huge rock mesas. The dozen or so buildings, including a dilapidated power station, are bleached white by the two Utapau suns and all but covered by the desert sands. A harsh and dusty wind blows through the empty streets of the tiny settlement.

LARS HOMESTEAD Owen has a small moisture ranch about three measures out of Anchorhead, due north. Several low gray concrete buildings squat in the middle of a desolate valley. The main courtyard of the Lars Homestead contains a sparse but sparkling oasis, with low concrete walls and great turrets spilling over with foliage from rooftop gardens. The entrance is an enormous shaded corridor. The main living area is a dim, cool room projecting a feeling of time-worn comfort and security. There is a large window for watching the giant twin sunset of Utapau behind a distant dune range. There is a large, over-stuffed chair near a pot-belly thermal-heater which dominates the room.

MOS EISLEY the spaceport at Mos Eisley is a haphazard array of low gray concrete structures and semi-domes. A harsh gale blows across the bleak canyon floor. A leaden sky presses down on the large settlement, which seems to be losing a never-ending battle against the shifting sands. There is a run-down, blockhouse cantina on the outskirts of the spaceport. Various strange forms of transport, including several unusual beasts of burden, are parked outside the bar. The murky, moldy smoke-filled cantina is filled with a startling array of weird and exotic alien creatures and monsters, laughing at the long metallic bar. One-eyed, thousand-eyed, slimy, furry, scaly tentacles and claws huddle over drinks. When in Mos Eisley, Solo stays in a narrow slum dwelling in an alleyway crowded with darkly-clad creatures hawking exotic goods in dingy little stalls. Men and monsters crouch in waste-filled doorways whispering and hiding from the chilling winds. The dwelling is a decaying stone building at the far end of the alley. In the dark and dingy room lives a female “Boma” named Oeeta, a fur-covered creature about five feet high which looks like a cross between a brown bear and a guinea pig. Han is fond of her.

ALDERAAN the city at the very heart of the Empire. Alderaan is an island city suspended in a sea of cirrus methane. The dungeons there have triple guards, scramble scanners, gas locks, and every sector is isolated. It is the dwelling place of the Bogan Master: Prince Valorum. Alderaan is a gray gaseous planet; huge billowing clouds extend out like menacing tentacles. The towering white oxide clouds part, revealing the Imperial city of Alderaan. The magnificent domed and gleaming city is perched, mushroom-like, on a tall spire which disappears deep into the misty surface of the planet.

There is a large main forward docking bay, with several gantries and control towers. A main spaceport causeway has several small side passages. One of these has a grate leading to a giant trash masher. Inside the city, troops and bureaucrats bustle about. Small elevators, pod-like vehicles, travel through vacuum tubes. These can be filled with gas to stop intruders. The Dungeon/ Detention Center has an old, gray security station. Guards, alarms, camera eyes, and laser gates are everywhere. In the hall are rows of low, stone-cell doors. Prisoners can be suspended inside the cell by invisible rays, controlled by a small box in the wall. From the Dungeon, one can enter ever-darkening, narrow side passageways with cold stone steps on winding, descending stairways. The eerie, slimy corridor gets narrower and narrower as one descends into the bowels of the city. Suddenly the way opens up to a wide, low ceiling corridor that is very dark and dank. There are legends of the Sith keeping Dai Nogas in the belly of the city – these stories are true. It is said that only a Jedi, strong with the Force, can stop a Dai Noga. Laser bolts pass through the huge creature, which is a cross between a huge spider and a giant squid with long slimy tentacles. Solo defeated one by burying it in rubble. One security measure in the city is a complex blast-shield door which is opened by pushing a series of buttons on a lock switch. The several layers of hatches and locks slowly peel away. When the main blast-shield lock switch is pulled, the five layers of door instantly slam shut. (from the first draft)

Emperor Cos Dashit gives speeches from a Review Stand, a huge, austere platform in the Plaza of the Daders, a part of the city that resembles a glass canyon. Present for these State occasions are generals, dressed in the black and grey uniform of the realm, members of the Supreme Tribunal, and Governors of various systems. The Emperor may review a parade of Imperial shock troops and giant air tanks. The Plaza of the Daders may be filled with a hundred rows of troops, a thousand men snapping to attention and occasionally shouting an Imperial salute. A light wind blows the great red banner of the Empire, creating a subtle flapping sound. To enter or leave the plaza, one must pass through several check stations, where one is forced to show identification.

Within the city, one may enjoy the glass and chrome splendor of one of the famous nightclubs of Alderaan. At one of the long mirrored bars, one speaks into a small intercom on the bar front. A drink appears magically from a small elevator in the bar. But patrons are monitored from Bar observation centers, where controllers listen for anti-Imperial talk.

Living quarters of Imperial Governors are also found in the city. These are typically large, white-on-white executive quarters, secure meeting places for high level officials.

YAVIN’S FOURTH MOON The Yavin system is way beyond the rim of the galaxy, but there is an outpost, a Rebel base on the emerald green fourth moon of the gas giant. The moon has a dense, steaming jungle and a murky swamp. There is a forest of gargantuan trees shrouded in an eerie mist. The air is heavy with the fantastic cries of unimaginable creatures. Gruesome and unnatural sounds permeate this ghostly wasteland. The jungle is a strange and eerie, fog-laden purgatory. A ridge overlooks the rebel outpost of Masassi. All that can be seen of the fortress is a lone guard standing on a small pedestal jutting out above the dense jungle. The Masassi outpost war room is a low metal building to one side of a large ship runway. The war room is a mass of glass enclosures, electronic wall displays, monitors and computer stations. Officers and aides rush to and fro. There is a large, dimly lit conference room dominated by a huge galactic display board and a long table.

AQUILLAE (from the first draft) an eerie, reddish-yellow planet, home planet of Bail Antilles and source of the Rangers. In the city of Calvas, the royal seat of King Kayos Aquillae and Queen Breha is the Palace of Lite. The planet is mostly a desert wilderness, but the palace is a sparkling oasis. There is also an underground hidden fortress containing the Aquillian war room. The full assembly of the Government meets in the city of Amsel, which is reached by way of the vast Red Plains of Caldin, where huge ultrasleek powerplows plant green fungus in endless furrows. The planetary defenses of Aquillae include squadrons of powerful silver “Devil” fighters, two-man starships of the destroyer class, which take off from the military sections of several spaceport city outposts, including one in Gordon. Aquillian air warriors have the distinctive circle and cross medallion on their white space suits. Pilot Leader flies the first ship; his navigator sits in a small, isolated glass bubble to the rear of the craft. Leaders back at the war room can seen on one of many monitors. The rest are filled with various computer readouts and displays. The other starships report to Pilot Leader over an intercom. The ship computers can map a surface to be attacked, display the map, and pick out weak spots. Pilot tactics include the “ranger defense,” concentrating fire, generating a spread six formation, jettisoning fuel pods and breaking off into a powerline attack. The fighters have ejection seats for escaping, with automatic rockets to direct and soften the landing. The Gordon spaceport also contains landing areas for large Baltarian freighters and other ships. Passengers leave from crowded terminals with security gates and boarding ramps. Passenger identification is carried on computer discs. Additional security is provided by “cutter” force fields. Ships take off through giant Silo Covers which open to the sky. Aquillae has a treasure of biotic science (Genetics and cloning.) Their scientists have added two-hundred years to a lifespan. The Aquillae family has ruled the system for ten thousand years. The people will follow no other. If the royal line is broken, there is a good chance the entire population will destroy themselves and their knowledge before submitting to Imperial rule.
ALIENS

JAWAS Creatures native to Utapau, no taller than Artoo. They have strange and complex weapons, wear grubby cloaks, and their faces are shrouded so that only their yellow eyes can be seen. They hiss and make odd guttural sounds. They smell horribly, attracting small insects to the dark areas where their mouths and nostrils should be. Jawas aren’t traders, they’re “metalmen” who melt droids down. They are led by evil Jawa trading lords. Jawas travel in huge sandcrawlers, tank-like vehicles the size of a two-story house.

WOOKIEES (from the first draft) huge, gray furry beast-like giants with fierce baboon-like fangs. They can squawk, jabber, yell, scream, laugh, screech, chatter, and cheer. They hug and kiss to show affection, and kneel and bow to show respect.

Wookiees are strong enough to pick up a human and snap him in two, like a stick of wood. Wookiee warriors are excellent with weapons and hand to hand combat. They use such weapons as axes, spears, arrows, and large shiny shields. They know how to make large and deadly traps out of primitive materials. Wookiees can learn to fly space ships, and they prove to be proficient and aggressive flyers. At first, they might approach technology with a combination of complete panic and an awesome religious experience. But their natural skill and enthusiasm lets them get the hang of it fairly quickly.

A typical Wookiee Camp on their forest homeworld is a small clearing surrounded by many bark and mud hovels, or lodges. Among the mud huts is the large chief’s quarters. Young Wookiees run in and out of the grubby little dwellings. Giant, bushbaby-like Wookiees of all ages and sizes walk through the clearing. There is a raised area in the middle of the clearing which is used for combat. Guards with long spears provide protection. Some Wookiee warriors wear helmets with plumes and chest armor. At times, the Wookiees hold a beautiful, but frenzied fire festival. Wookiees perform the Waita Tar dance, and yodel in a barking fashion around a large fire. The female Wookiees arrive, carrying torches, and move in a circle around the males.
Trappers often come to the Wookiee homeworld, capturing native Wookiees. The scruffy, alien trappers use large, tank-like “jungle crawlers” to transport their captives, selling them to the Empire for slaves. The trappers speak in a strange language, and although they appear slightly human, they are slimy, deformed, hideous looking creatures known as Yourellians.

Notable Wookiees from Chewbacca’s former tribe:
DEWANNA the largest of the Wookiees
CHEWBACCA The eight foot tall son of Auzituck, Prince of the Sawas, a very powerful tribe. Rescued from slavery by Han Solo, he learned how to fly starships and stayed with Solo as part of a life debt.
AUZITUCK Chewbacca’s father, Chief of the Kaapauku tribe; an old and feeble Wookiee dressed in royal skins and headdress.
JOMMILLIA a large, ferocious Wookiee who fights with a spear and double-bladed battle ax.
MORE TO COME…

…And a thousand new systems joined the rebellion, causing a significant crack in the great wall of the powerful Galactic Empire. The Starkiller would once again spark fear in the hearts of the Sith knights, but not before his sons were put to many tests…the most daring of which was the kidnapping of the Lars family, and the perilous search for: “The Princess of Ondos.”


Summary of the Original Script of “The Star Wars”

Brendon Wahlberg | in Brendon Wahlberg | Comments (1)

Tags: ,

The Adventures of the Starkiller
Episode One: The Star Wars
by George Lucas

Summary of the Script

This summary describes the second draft script of the original Star Wars. Those wishing to simply refresh their memory of the original before reading “Princess of Ondos” may do so here. This summary contains a few details invented by myself which serve to make sense out of the sketchy details present in the Lucas script. These invented but logical details served to make writing a sequel much easier. –Brendon Wahlberg

Ancient History:
One hundred thousand years in the past, a holy man called The Skywalker became aware of a powerful energy field which he believed influenced the destiny of all living creatures…The “Force of Others”. After much study, he was able to know the force, and it communicated with him. He came to see things in a new way. His “aura” and powers grew very strong. The Skywalker brought a new life to the people of his system, and became one of the founders of the Republic Galactica. The Force has two halves, the Ashla (good) and the Bogan, or para-Force (evil). The Skywalker knew that weaker beings could be seduced by the Bogan. Therefore, he entrusted the secret of The Force only to his twelve children, and they in turn passed on the knowledge only to their children, who became known as the “Jedi Bendu of the Ashla”: “the servants of the force”. The respected Jedi were the most powerful warriors in the Universe. For a hundred thousand years, generations of Jedi Bendu knights learned the ways of the mysterious Force of Others, and acted as the guardians of peace and justice in the Republic. There were once several hundred Jedi families. The Republic spread throughout the galaxy, encompassing over a million worlds.

About a century in the past, a young Padawan-Jedi, a boy named Seig Darklighter, came to know the evil half of the force during one of his lessons, and fell victim to the spell of the dreaded Bogan. He ran away from his instructor and taught the evil ways of the Bogan Force to a clan of Sith pirates, who then spread untold misery throughout the systems.

Recent History:
About twenty years in the past, the Great Senate has grown to such overwhelming proportions that it no longer responds to the needs of its citizens. After a series of assassinations and elaborately rigged elections, the Great Senate becomes secretly controlled by the Power and Transport guilds. When the Jedi discover the conspiracy and attempt to purge the Senate, they are denounced as traitors. This is the tragic Holy Rebellion. Several Jedi allow themselves to be tried and executed, but most of them flee into the Outland systems and try to tell people of the conspiracy. But the elders choose to remain behind, and the Great Senate diverts them by creating civil disorder. Led by Senator Cos Dashit, the Senate secretly instigates race wars, and aids anti government terrorists. This slows down the system of justice, which causes the crime rate to rise to the point where a totally controlled and oppressive police state is welcomed by the systems.

Espaa Valorum, the chief disciple of Seig Darklighter and the First Knight of the Sith, takes his place as Bogan Master when Darklighter dies. Another powerful Sith Knight, Darth Vader, is raised to First Knight in Valorum’s place. Cos Dashit joins forces with the Sith in order to have a defense against his Jedi opponents, and Espaa Valorum becomes Dashit’s close ally.

The First Galactic Empire is born under the new Emperor Cos Dashit. The systems are exploited by a new economic policy which raises the cost of power and transport to unbelievable heights. Many worlds are destroyed this way and many people starve. The Sith become the personal bodyguards of the Emperor, and the Master of the Bogan, Espaa Valorum, moves to Alderaan to share power with the Emperor. The Jedi are outlawed and sentenced to death.

The Republic Galactica is now dead. Ruthless trader barons, driven by greed and the lust for power, have replaced enlightenment with oppression, and “rule by the people” with the Empire. But the Seers speak a prophecy that the Son of the Suns, the last of the Starkiller line, will bring down the Empire. “In the time of greatest despair there shall come a savior, and he shall be known as The Son of the Suns.”
One by one, the now outlawed Jedi are hunted down and destroyed by the deadly Sith knights until only two or three Jedi families remain in hiding, still fighting to free the systems from the grip of the Empire. In the campaign against the Jedi, Espaa Valorum kills four of the sons of the Starkiller, and thinks that he has killed all of them.

The Present:
Now, it is a period of civil wars. The Empire has begun to crumble into lawless barbarism. From the celestial equator to the farthest reaches of the Great Rift, seventy small solar systems (including Ogana Major) unite in a common war against the tyranny of the Empire. A mighty Jedi warrior known as The Starkiller returns to the fight, organizing the Rangers of Aquillae. Bail Antilles comes to his side. Under the command of The Starkiller, the Alliance wins a crushing victory over the deadly Imperial Star Fleet. The Empire knows that one more such defeat will bring a thousand more solar systems into the rebellion, and Imperial control of the Outlands could be lost forever. In response, the Empire builds the Death Star to use against the Starkiller’s forces.

“The Star Wars”
The Empire lays siege to Ogana Major. The Starkiller sends his sons Cliegg and Deak to get the Kiber Crystal from Owen Lars on Utapau and bring it and Luke to Ogana Major, to aid in the fight against the Empire. The Kiber crystal is a small diamond like object that intensifies either side of the force a hundred fold. The Bogan Force is becoming so strong that only the crystal can save the day for the weakened Starkiller. When Deak runs the blockade of Ogana Major and escapes, Darth Vader chases him. Near the amber desert planet of Utapau, Darth Vader attacks Deak’s ship with Four Star Destroyers. Vader is a seven foot tall black knight with flowing black robes and a grotesque breath mask, and his forces include white-armored Stormtroopers armed with blasters and laser swords.

Vader’s forces capture and board the ship. Aquillian Rangers defend it, but as the Bogan’s despair sweeps over them, they are overcome, and Deak’s brother Cliegg is killed. Unable to get to Luke himself, Deak commands all of the ship’s Artoo units to find Owen Lars on Utapau and bring a message to Luke, who is code-named “Angel Blue”. Deak fights off a horde of troopers, who are overwhelmed by his amazing Jedi skill with both blaster and laser sword. Then Lord Vader finds Deak and uses the Force to hurl loose objects at him. Deak taunts Vader that he is only a servant, but Vader presses the Bogan on him. Deak is overcome, drained of energy, and taken prisoner. The Imperials find a medallion of power showing the Starkiller’s crest on Deak. Vader thinks the Starkiller is dead, and that he has altered destiny by capturing the Son of the Suns.

The Empire attacks and destroys Ogana Major with the Death Star. The Starkiller and his forces, overcome by the Bogan, escape to Yavin Four. Deak is taken to the dungeons of Alderaan, where he is tortured. The cloud city of Alderaan is the Imperial capital city.

During the fighting, Deak’s droid Artoo Detoo receives Deak’s new prime directive. He and his counterpart See Threepio take an escape pod and crash on Utapau. Bickering over which direction to go, they split up. They both encounter small, hooded Jawa scavengers who imprison them in their giant Sandcrawler. When the huge vehicle is forced to a halt by a rockslide, all the droids on board escape together, rushing the Jawas. Threepio and Artoo make it to a power station in Anchorhead, and get directions to the Lars farm. But a Tusken Platoon scouting Utapau makes a report on the droids and their destination.

The two droids then find the Moisture Farm of Owen Lars. The farm houses Owen’s wife, Beru, and Lars’ sixteen year old daughter, Leia. Also living there are Luke Starkiller, who is short and a little chubby, and Luke’s younger brothers Biggs and Windy Starkiller. Luke likes to study fossils in the Dune Sea when he is not practicing with his laser sword.

Deak’s hologram is projected by Artoo, telling of the great need to bring the Kiber crystal to their father on Ogana Major, which is under siege by the Imperial Legions of Alderaan. Luke is afraid to go into such danger. Owen counsels that Luke is the son of a Jedi, not a researcher, and that he should accept his destiny. While the twin suns set, Luke visits the grave of his mother, to talk about the father he never knew, whom he must now meet. Luke is greatly intimidated by his legendary father. Owen has known a day like this would come, so he has taught Luke some of the skills of a warrior. But only Luke’s father can teach him the spiritual ways of the Jedi Bendu. Owen gives Luke the Kiber crystal, hidden in a belt buckle, and the young Starkiller goes to Mos Eisley Spaceport with the two Droids, to seek passage to Ogana Major.

In the seedy spaceport, Luke encounters an old seer, who predicts his success. In a cantina, Luke is forced to fight lowlife scum with his laser sword. He then meets Han Solo and Chewbacca. Solo is a young Corellian pirate, burly, bearded, and flamboyantly dressed. Chewbacca is a 200 year old Wookiee with baboon like fangs and large yellow eyes, who wears bandoleers and a flak jacket with brown cloth shorts. Solo takes Luke to his dingy slum dwelling, where a meal is prepared by a Boma named Oeeta, a five foot tall cross between a brown bear and a guinea pig. There, Han offers Luke passage to Ogana Major for a huge fee, and Luke offers payment from his father. But Han has lied – he has no ship of his own. Solo is only the cabin boy of the fat drunkard Captain Oxus (who has another fat crewman named Jabba the Hutt), and Oxus will never take on Luke as a passenger. Chewbacca and Science Officer Montross agree to help Han to steal Oxus’ ship. Montross Holdaack is an old portly cyborg who was once a great warrior, but who is now dying. The only original parts left of him are his head and left arm. Han makes it look like there is a disaster with the ship’s reactor, tricking the rest of the crew into evacuating, then blasts off with Luke and the droids on board, letting Luke believe the ship belongs to him.

They arrive at Ogana Major only to find it destroyed by the Death Star. Luke assumes the Starkiller might be dead. Han is angry that he will get no money. Playing on Han’s greed, Luke tries to convince everyone to try to rescue Deak from Alderaan. He implies that Deak could still provide payment, and entices Solo by appealing to Solo’s ego as a daredevil.

Solo and the others hide in secret compartments while their “rag-tag, custom-built” Corellian ship is captured drifting near Alderaan. The ship is towed inside, and Sith Knights board it, finding only Threepio. Han and company emerge from hiding and steal Imperial uniforms. Han and Luke bind Chewbacca and take the droids, while Montross stays behind. They take over a control room, find where Deak is, and go to the detention area. Chewbacca pretends to be loose, and the heroes capture the detention area in the resulting chaos. Finding the horribly tortured Deak, they then escape deeper into the dungeons, fighting past a horrible Dai Noga monster, a cross between a spider and a squid. Chewbacca takes Deak and heads for the ship. Cornered by Sith knights and troopers, Han and Luke jump down into a Garbage room. When the walls close in, the droids are able to stop them in time. Everyone makes it to the hangar, where Luke and Han take hostages. Finally, they board the ship and blast off. Fleeing in their ship, the group fights patrol TIE fighters with turret canons.

Luke begins to heal Deak with the Kiber crystal, and gets a telepathic message from The Starkiller to come to the fourth moon of Yavin, new home of the Rebellion. Still chasing a reward, Han Solo takes them there. But Darth Vader is also on his way to Yavin with the Death Star, hoping to finish off the Starkiller. On the emerald green moon is the rebel outpost of Masassi. Bail Antilles, an Aquillian Ranger, greets them. Waiting for them at the outpost is the Starkiller, an aged charismatic figure who has a long silver beard, flowing white robes, and penetrating eyes. The Force has shown the Starkiller a weakness in the Death Star battle station. General Dodana is planning an attack on the station, based on a strategy of pinpointing a small thermal exhaust port that leads to the main reactor. Commander Grande Mouff Tarkin, a birdlike alien, and General Aay Zavor doubt the Ashla’s strength to fight off the despair-inducing Bogan Force, and push for a computer-designed strategy. After all, the Ashla failed them at Ogana Major. But the Kiber crystal brought by Luke changes things. Now The Starkiller is strong enough to hold off the Bogan Force. Luke meets his father, who embraces him. Luke’s spiritual training will have to wait, and Luke must face the Death Star as a warrior. The Starkiller rewards Han richly, but Han refuses to stay and help; it’s not his battle. The human and alien Rebel pilots take off, as the Starkiller tells them, “The Force is with you.” The Rebel starships approach the Death Star. Luke is in one as pilot, with Bail Antilles and Threepio as gunners. A dogfight ensues between TIE fighters and the Rebel ships (code-named Bomas and Bantas). The Starkiller uses the Kiber crystal to fight the Bogan force of the Sith on the Death Star, enabling the Rebel fighters to try for the exhaust port.

Vader goes out in his own fighter with two wing men. Vader destroys two of the three remaining Rebel ships, and is about to destroy Luke’s, when Solo, who has had a change of heart, returns to rescue Luke at the last minute. Vader collides with Solo’s ship. Han, Montross, and Chewbacca escape their ship in a lifepod. Luke heads for the exhaust port one last time, and gunners Threepio and Antilles manage to hit it. The Death Star explodes. The proud Starkiller greets them back at the base. A thousand new systems will now join the rebellion, causing a significant crack in the great wall of the powerful Galactic Empire.


The Star Wars (George Lucas/edited by Brendon Wahlberg)

Brendon Wahlberg | in Brendon Wahlberg | Comments (3)

Tags: ,

The Adventures of The Starkiller
Episode One
THE STAR WARS

by George Lucas
LUCASFILM LIMITED
January 28, 1975

“…And in the time of greatest despair there shall come a savior,
and he shall be known as: THE SON OF THE SUNS.”
–Journal of the Whills, 3:127

FADE IN:

1. SPACE
A vast sea of stars is broken as the warm, amber surface of the planet, UTAPAU, emerges from a total eclipse. Five small moons slowly drift into view from the far side of the planet. The MAIN TITLE is followed by a ROLL-UP:

The REPUBLIC GALACTICA is dead. Ruthless trader barons, driven by greed and the lust for power, have replaced enlightenment with oppression, and “rule by the people” with the FIRST GALACTIC EMPIRE.

Until the tragic Holy Rebellion of “06”, the respected JEDI BENDU OF ASHLA were the most powerful warriors in the Universe. For a hundred thousand years, generations of Jedi Bendu knights learned the ways of the mysterious FORCE OF OTHERS, and acted as the guardians of peace and justice in the REPUBLIC. Now these legendary warriors are all but extinct. One by one they have been hunted down and destroyed by a ferocious rival sect of mercenary warriors: THE BLACK KNIGHTS OF THE SITH.

It is a period of civil wars. The EMPIRE is crumbling into lawless barbarism throughout the million worlds of the galaxy. From the celestial equator to the farthest reaches of the GREAT RIFT, seventy small solar systems have united in a common war against the tyranny of the Empire. Under the command of a mighty Jedi warrior known as THE STARKILLER, the REBEL ALLIANCE has won a crushing victory over the deadly Imperial Star Fleet. The Empire knows that one more such defeat will bring a thousand more solar systems into the rebellion, and Imperial control of the Outlands could be lost forever…

A tiny silver space craft races from behind one of the lifeless Utapau moons. The small rebel spacefighter is being chased by four giant Imperial star destroyers. Hundreds of deadly laser bolts streak from the Imperial warships as they dive on the smaller craft. Every few moments, the little rebel ship returns the fire, until one of the Imperial battlewagons explodes, causing it to fall out of formation. The three remaining star destroyers continue the pursuit.

2. INT. REBEL SPACEFIGHTER – LASER GUN TURRET
The two elaborate laser gun turrets belch a smoky exhaust as the gun crews, wearing heat-protective suits, goggles and breath masks, cheer and congratulate each other on the direct hit. The
gunnery CHIEF finishes speaking into his helmet “com-link”, and yells to the crew.

CHIEF
I don’t know what you boys are so cheery about; there are still three more out there.

The crews snap-to, and turn back to their giant guns. Several stubby, three-legged ROBOTS scurry to and fro, bringing equipment, and repairing damage to sections of the turrets.

3. INT. REBEL SPACEFIGHTER – MAIN PASSAGEWAY
The chaos of battle echoes through the narrow, main passageway of the starfighter. An explosion rocks the ship, and two construction robots, ARTOO DETOO (R2-D2) and SEE THREEPIO (C-3PO) struggle to make their way through the shaking, bouncing passageway. Both robots are old and battered. Artoo is a short (36 inches), claw-armed, tri-ped. His face is a mass of computer lights, surrounding a radar eye. Threepio, on the other hand, is a tall, slender robot of human proportions. He has a gleaming bronze-like metallic surface of an “Art Deco” design.

THREEPIO
Artoo, my friend, this is madness! If this keeps up, we’re going to be destroyed. I’m afraid I’m still not accustomed to space travel… What are we to do?

The little dwarf robot makes a series of electronic sounds that only a robot could understand.

THREEPIO (CONT’D)
Relax?!?…What do you mean we’re in no immediate danger??! You’re faulty, this is madness!

Artoo gives his tall companion a sheepish computer blink and starts off down the hallway. .

THREEPIO (CONT’D)
Artoo Detoo, wait! Wait a minute.

Threepio climbs through a hatch and starts after Artoo.

4. EXT. SPACE BATTLE
One of the giant Imperial Star destroyers breaks formation and surges ahead of the others, closing on the tiny rebel space craft. The main battery of laser cannons on the huge Imperial warship directs an overwhelming concentration or laser fire at the main solar fin on the rebel ship. Finally it disintegrates, creating a spectacular heavenly display.

5. INT. REBEL SPACEFIGHTER – POWER SECTION
A sudden pressure change sucks equipment and debris through the power section of the spacefighter. Alarms are sounding everywhere. The spaceship shudders under the impact of the Imperial barrage. Artoo and Threepio are blown, slipping and sliding across the hallway floor into a stack of freight canisters. The lanky Threepio becomes lodged under a computer console.
THREEPIO
I’m dead!…I told you this would happen. Artoo, I can’t move.

Little Artoo waddles over to his trapped companion. He clears away several mangled canisters and climbs under the sparking and smoking computer. He is chattering away in an elaborate combination of whistles, beeps and clicks.

THREEPIO (CONT’D)
Oh my, I think something is melting. Artoo Detoo, this is all your fault…I should have known better than to listen to a half-pint thermo-astronic capulary dehousing – assister. You’re truly faulty.

Artoo counters with a rather angry rebuttal as he struggles to pull the larger robot free from the small leg space under the computer console. Two MEN hurriedly enter the power station and begin checking the damage. The robots can only see the humans’ legs as they pass to and fro in front of the desk-like console; but they recognize the voice of their captain: DEAK STARKILLER.

THREEPIO (CONT’D)
Shhh, it’s the captain…

The captain’s FIRST OFFICER pops his head under the console and sees Artoo straining to free Threepio. The little robot stops.

OFFICER
Well, Hello! Are you boys all right?

THREEPIO
Yes sir, I’ll be out in a minute. No damage that I can tell. Sorry to be of trouble, sir…

OFFICER
As you were.

Artoo goes back to his pulling and pushing as the officer again becomes a pair of legs, and is joined by the sturdier legs of Captain Starkiller.

OFFICER (CONT’D)
There’s a C-3 unit jammed under the console, but no damage, sir.

Artoo uses one of his claw arms to cut away a small metal beam bent around Threepio’s shoulder.

DEAK
The solar activators are burned out. The shields are down. They’ll be boarding in no time. There is a Sith knight among them. I can feel his para-force. Hurry, secure your assault positions. The BOGAN force is strong with the enemy.
OFFICER
Yes sir, the men are ready.

The officer bows low and hurries out of the smoldering chamber. Artoo stops his work, and the robots quietly watch Deak’s legs as he paces the room. He stands for a few moments in meditation. The two mechanical men suddenly feel as if they are intruding, and every little creak and noise becomes an embarrassment. A VOICE from another part of the ship yells out to the captain, and he
rushes out of the room. Threepio breathes a sigh of relief.

THREEPIO
I think there will be no escape for the captain this time…

6. EXT. REBEL SPACEFIGHTER
The smoldering silver rebel craft is quickly surrounded by the three giant Imperial warships. One of the huge star destroyers moves into orbit just above the helpless rebel spacefighter.

7. INT. IMPERIAL STAR DESTROYER – COCKPIT
An awesome array of lighted panels and computer monitors are reflected in the polished black helmets of six Imperial master-pilots. A fifth-ranked General of the Fleet sits in a rotating chair suspended from the cabin ceiling, watching the chief pilot maneuver the huge warship above the tiny rebel spacefighter.

CHIEF PILOT
That’s as close as I dare take her.

CAPTAIN
(into intercom) We are in position…stand by. Remember, Lord Vader wants as many of them taken alive as is possible. There will be no slaughter.

8. EXT. IMPERIAL STAR DESTROYER – UNDERBELLY
The huge gray underbelly of the Imperial warship hovers less than twenty feet above the rebel spacefighter. A small hatch near one of the complex antenna groupings silently slides open. With fascist precision, ten stormtroopers wearing ominous armored spacesuits drop onto the top of the disabled rebel craft. A burly sergeant aims his powerful laser pistol at the silver hull.

9. INT. REBEL STAR FIGHTER – HALLWAY
A tremendous blast opens up a hole six feet wide in the side of the main passageway, sucking equipment and debris into the vacuum of space. Three fearsome stormtroopers armed with chrome multi-laser rifles make their way through the smoking debris into the padded hallway. The SERGEANT and four more armored troopers quickly follow.

SERGEANT
Use your blades! There’s too much risk of blaster ricochet in these cramped quarters.

The troops sling the rifles over their shoulders and take a small baton from their belts, which instantly ignites into a long glowing laser sword.
At the far end of the passageway, a door swings wide revealing a rebel warrior wearing a breath mask and dressed in the distinctive uniform of an AQUILLIAN RANGER. A long, deadly laser sword glows in his right hand, while several chrome ping-pong sized balls magically appear in his left. Tiny antenna project from the chrome balls, and before the stormtroopers can raise their weapons, the balls fly out of the ranger’s hand. One of the balls stops in the middle of the troops and explodes. Three other balls shoot through the hole ripped in the side of the ship.

10. EXT. IMPERIAL STAR DESTROYER – UNDERBELLY
Six armored stormtroopers are assembled on the sleek silver hull of the rebel spacefighter. The three chrome balls fly out of the rebel craft just as several more troops drop from the hatch of the Imperial star destroyer. One or the seeker bombs explodes among the assembled troops, flinging most of them into the vastness of space. The two remaining bombs rocket toward the open hatch of the Imperial warship. One of the surviving stormtroopers, clinging to the rebel craft, yells into his helmet intercom as he aims a laser pistol at the tiny chrome projectiles.

TROOPER
Seekers! Seekers! Close the hatches!!

A blast from the laser pistol hits one of the balls, and it explodes harmlessly outside the star destroyer. The second seeker bomb races into the star destroyer, just as the hatch slides closed. A muffled explosion is heard inside the huge spacecraft.

11. INT. REBEL SPACEFIGHTER – HALLWAY
The Aquillian ranger charges what’s left of the stormtroopers. He swings his glowing laser sword high over his head; but before he can bring the deadly blade down on a victim, four more troops enter the ship and assail the ranger. He. puts up a good fight, but soon falls under the superior odds. A half dozen more armored stormtroopers enter the damaged ship and cautiously make their way down the narrow hallway.

12. INT. REBEL SPACEFIGHTER – COCKPIT
Smoke fills the crowded cockpit of the rebel starship. The pilot struggles to remove a wounded comrade as an exhausted Aquillian RANGER enters and bows before Deak Starkiller. The young captain’s face is covered by a small, ornate face mask, but he appears to be about twenty-five years old. He is wearing the loose-fitting robes of a Jedi knight.

RANGER
The Bogan force is too strong upon us. Our spirit is broken.

DEAK
You must rally the men, fight off your despair. The force of others is still with
us…

RANGER
Cliegg is dead. They’re blasting the lifepods before we can clear the ship. We’re trapped…

DEAK
Then we must make this treachery costly for them. Return to your station.

The ranger bows low before the Jedi starcaptain, and rushes out of the cockpit. The pilot has returned to his seat in front of the ship’s main control board.

DEAK (CONT’D)
What’s the power now?

PILOT (TYREE)
It’s up to five point nine; but we’ll need a lot more to ignite the engines…There just isn’t enough time…

DEAK
Keep at it. I’m going aft.

PILOT (TYREE)
But what about your father. He must have the KIBER Crystal if Ogana Major is to survive. He won’t be able to hold out against the Imperial siege much longer. The risk was too great. We’ll never be able to make contact with Luke now. We’ve lost everything. We should never…

DEAK
You’re feeling the Bogan’s despair. Be strong, Tyree, drive it from your thoughts. Luke is father’s only hope…maybe there is still a slim chance we might salvage things.

He moves to the computer bank, and speaks into the intercom.

DEAK (CONT’D)
All R-2 units stand by for new prime directive programming…

He turns back to the pilot for a moment.

DEAK (CONT’D)
What’s the R-2 scramble code?

Pilot (TYREE)
“Tan-takk RS-411″. Do you think one of them might get through?

DEAK
I’m afraid the chances of an R-2 unit finding Luke down there are much better than Luke’s chances of getting back to father…R-2 units compute as follows: Scramble code, tan-takk RS-411. Prime directive – contact code “Angel blue”. Seek OWEN LARS at or near position: 321-DC-28. Relay the following transcription:

13. INT. REBEL SPACEFIGHTER – MAIN HALLWAY
Little Artoo stands ridged in the middle of the smoke-filled passageway. Threepio runs awkwardly toward the tiny robot from a large hatchway at one end of the corridor. Artoo’s computer face blinks wildly.

THREEPIO
We’re cut off. They’re coming from that direction. I heard them. Come on, we’ll have to go back the way we came.

Artoo lets out a long musical whistle, but doesn’t move.

THREEPIO (CONT’D)
Wait!?? They’ll be here in moments! I have no intention of getting sent to the spice mines of KESSAL, or smashed into… what?! A new prime directive!??! Oh no! Not at a time like this! How much longer?

The muted sounds of grinding and crushing get louder until a dozen Imperial stormtroopers, wearing spooky-looking armor, enter the passageway. They arrange themselves geometrically, their movements synchronized, as they move stealthily through the unusually wide corridor. Threepio grabs his little partner and struggles to drag him into the shadows of an emergency ventilator system. Hard and weary, the troops advance — their glowing laser swords held at ready. Suddenly, directly in back of the stormtroopers, about ten feet away, the imposing young Jedi, Deak Starkiller, steps from behind the open hatch.
His chrome laser pistol still rests in its holster; but his laser sword sparks to life with a sharp hum. One of the troopers senses his presence and turns freezing momentarily. The rest of the troops turn a second later, almost as a reflex action. A slow grim smile creeps across Deak’s face, as the troops realize they are outmatched.

TROOPER
He’s a Jedi. Use your blasters!

Six troopers who are carrying their chrome laser rifles at the ready start to step forward and raise their weapons. Deak is quicker. In one amazing movement, he spins around, replacing his laser sword to his belt, and draws his deadly laser pistol, blasting out four shots that rip through the soldiers. In a few moments, the entire passageway blazes with laser fire. Laser bolts ricochet in wild random patterns, creating small explosions and finally a small hole in the wall, which sucks debris and stormtroopers into space, until finally it is plugged by a large supply canister.

Artoo and Threepio are plummeted by loose equipment and debris. Threepio attempts to cover his head. Artoo pulls a grate off the vent system and starts to enter the dark shaft. Threepio clings to a side rail for dear life as debris and laser bolts fly past him. Artoo beeps to his terrified companion.

THREEPIO
No more adventures! I’m not going in there. No! Never!

Artoo disappears down the ominous shaft. He leaves his friend with a few parting whistles.

THREEPIO (CONT’D)
Don’t call me a mindless philosopher, you overweight glob of grease! I simply think
you are going the wrong way.

Threepio peers into the gloom of the vent shaft.

THREEPIO (CONT’D)
Hello?!? Artoo?…

14. INT. REBEL SPACEFIGHTER – COCKPIT CORRIDOR
Stormtroopers scatter and run down an adjoining passageway; others duck behind storage lockers.
Multiple laser fire rips through several stormtroopers who scream and stagger from the smoke, holding shattered arms and faces. Deak and two Aquillian rangers back into a sealed corridor at the far end of the passageway. Deak’s gun jams, and the two rangers are cut down behind him. The young Jedi ignites his glowing red laser sword and begins swinging. Stormtroopers are cut down right and left, until they flee the corridor in panic, firing wildly as they stumble over canisters to escape.
Suddenly several of the panic-stricken troopers who had fled down a sub-hallway are back into the cockpit area, more afraid of what’s down the sub-hallway than the deadly Jedi’s blade. Troopers still fleeing the area crash into those returning.

TROOPER
The Sith Knight…Lord Vader is coming. Go back. Go back!

A new courage, or greater fear, seizes the troops and they turn on Deak again and renew the attack. The troops scramble away from the sub-hallway entrance, as something unspeakably evil and terrifying approaches the cabin.

15. INT. REBEL STARFIGHTER – SUB-HALLWAY
The tall, gleaming Threepio rushes through several low, narrow corridors, yelling at Artoo, who races along as fast as his stubby mechanical feet will carry him.

THREEPIO
Wait! Wait a minute. I’m coming. …Would you mind telling me where you are off to?

Artoo throws a short beep over his shoulder.

THREEPIO (CONT’D)
Leaving?! Leaving where? Don’t be ridiculous, that’s desertion! I order you to stop. Did you hear me? Stop!

Artoo continues on, countering with a frenzy of electronic whistles and twangs.
THREEPIO (CONT’D)
What new prime directive? Why didn’t I receive it? What’s so important that I’m not to be trusted? I don’t believe you. I think you’re rattled.

Artoo stops before the small hatch of an emergency lifepod. He snaps the seal on the main latch and a red warning light begins to flash. The stubby, dwarf-robot works his way into the cramped four-man pod.

THREEPIO (CONT’D)
Hey! What are you doing? You can’t use that!…It’s restricted. You’re not permitted in there; you’ll be de-activated for sure. The situation is not _that_ desperate! Now come out of there before someone sees you.

A new explosion, this time very close, sends dust and debris through the narrow sub-hallway. Flames lick at the two robots. After a flurry of electronic swearing from Artoo, the lanky bronze Threepio jumps into the lifepod.

THREEPIO (CONT’D)
I think I’m going to regret this; but my prime directive IS preservation.

The safety door snaps shut, and with the thunder of exploding latches, the tiny lifepod ejects from the disabled starfighter.

16. INT. IMPERIAL STAR DESTROYER – COCKPIT
On the main viewscreen, the lifepod carrying the two terrified robots speeds away from the stricken rebel spacecraft.

CHIEF PILOT
There goes another one. Look.

CAPTAIN
Hold your fire. No life forms. It must have short-circuited.

The captain gets a message on his headset.

CAPTAIN (CONT’D)
Yes…Yes…He’s on his way down now…No. Good, excellent. I’ll relay it. (he turns to the pilots) The ship is ours!

The pilots cheer and an excited murmur rushes throughout the ship.

17. EXT. SKY OVER UTAPAU – LIFEPOD
The reddish-yellow mass of Utapau seems to engulf the tiny lifepod containing the two robots. The grouping of star destroyers grows smaller as the pod descends toward the planet.
THREEPIO
That’s funny, the damage doesn’t look as bad from out here. Are you sure this thing is safe?

18. INT. REBEL SPACEFIGHTER – COCKPIT CORRIDOR
Deak Starkiller cuts down several troops who make a frenzied, suicidal charge with laser swords.

TROOPS
The Bogan! The Bogan!

They are no match for the incredibly agile young Jedi. For an eerie moment, all is deathly quiet as a huge darker figure appears in the sub-hallway. The remaining stormtroopers bow low toward the doorway. An awesome, seven-foot BLACK KNIGHT OF THE SITH makes his way into the blinding light of the cockpit area. This is LORD DARTH VADER, right hand to the MASTER OF THE SITH. His sinister face is partially obscured by his flowing black robes and grotesque breath mask, which are in sharp contrast to the fascist white armored suits of the Imperial stormtroopers. The troops instinctively back away from the imposing warrior.
Deak Starkiller stands firm; a new look of resolve sweeps across his tired face. The smoky room is deathly quiet, except for the occasional snapping and popping of burning electrical circuits in the cockpit’s sophisticated control panel.
As the Black Knight enters the corridor, the few surviving troopers scramble into the sub-hallway. Lord Vader speaks in an oddly filtered voice through his complex breathing mask.

VADER
At last we meet!

DEAK
With so much commotion, I expected your master, not merely a servant.

Vader is angered by this remark. Taking a deep breath, he raises his arms and every object that isn’t bolted down is picked up by an invisible force and hurled at the young Jedi. When the objects reach about two feet of Deak, they are deflected by an invisible shield which surrounds him.

DEAK (CONT’D)
The Bogan is strong with you; but not nearly strong enough. I’m afraid you’ll have to use your weapon, if you’re able!

VADER
I am Lord Darth Vader, first Knight of the Sith, and right hand to His Eminence Prince Espaa Valorum, the Master of the Bogan. You will not mock me, or my Master; for the Ashla is weak, and the FORCE OF OTHERS cannot save you now…

The fearsome dark knight ignites his laser sword and takes a defensive stance. The two galactic warriors stand perfectly still for a few moments, sizing each other up and waiting for the right moment. Deak seems to be under increasing pressure and strain, as if an invisible weight were being placed upon him. He shakes his head and blinking, tries to clear his eyes.

VADER (CONT’D)
Your powers are weak…

Deak makes a sudden lunge at the huge warrior but is checked by a lightning movement of the SITH. A second masterful slash-stroke by Deak is again blocked by his evil opponent.
They stand motionless for a few moments, with laser swords locked in mid-air, creating a low buzzing sound. Another of the Jedi’s blows is blocked, then countered. Deak stumbles back against a wall. Slowly Deak is forced to his knees as all his energy is drained from his being. Finally, he collapses in a heap. The sinister knight lets out a horrible, shrieking laugh, as stormtroopers rush in with restraining poles, followed by a braided and flashy Imperial commander. Deak’s arms and legs are pinned to the wall. He struggles with his bonds.

COMMANDER
So, we got him. Your paraforce is strong indeed. The Emperor will be pleased. Why, he’s just a boy!

An Imperial officer takes a gold medallion from around the young Jedi’s neck.

OFFICER
The Starkiller!

A murmur of astonishment races throughout the troops.

COMMANDER
Impossible! He would have to be over three hundred years old. How could this Jedi possibly be the Starkiller?

The great Black Knight studies the golden crest, and then stares into the eyes of the fuming Jedi. Vader has a visible dislike of the commander.

VADER
This is another of his sons.

COMMANDER
Your master said he’d killed them all…And why is he wearing his father’s crest?

VADER
His father must be dead. The Starkiller would never give this up if he were alive…It possesses great power. _This_ boy must be the last…

COMMANDER
“The son of the suns!” The last of the Starkiller line, whom the seer’s have said would bring down the Empire.

VADER
It appears we have altered destiny.

COMMANDER
(to an aide) Send word to the Emperor. We’ve captured their “Savior”. The rebellion is broken. The Starkiller is dead. Let the attack of Ogana Major begin…

The Black Knight takes a restraining pole from one of the guards and brutally jabs the young Jedi in the chest. Deak squirms in pain but does not cry out. He is struck again. An officer approaches the commander.

OFFICER
Why would he chance running the blockade to come out here in the middle of nowhere. There is little on this planet…

COMMANDER
An interesting question. Send a platoon of “Tuskens” to the planet surface and have them report anything unusual. Maybe he has friends we should know about… (turning pointedly to Vader) or perhaps another brother…

Vader gives the commander an angry stare and suddenly it appears as if the commander can’t catch his breath. The commander turns and rushes out of the cabin in great distress. Vader punches Deak one last time.

VADER
You will come to know such suffering as only the Master of the Bogan Force can provide. From you he will learn many secrets…

Vader throws Deak’s head back painfully hard against the wall.

VADER (CONT’D)
(to the guards) Bind him, and take him to my ship. (to Deak) There is no one to save you now.

His frightening laugh rings throughout the starship.

19. EXT. PLANET UTAPAU – EDGE OF THE DUNE SEA
JUNDLAND, or “No Man’s Land” where the rugged desert mesas meet the foreboding dune sea. The two helpless astro-robots kick up clouds of dust as they leave the lifepod, and clumsily work their way across the desert coastline. The stubby Artoo struggles desperately to keep up with the long-legged Threepio. Suddenly, Artoo makes a sharp right turn, and starts off in the direction of the rocky desert mesas. Threepio stops and yells at him.

THREEPIO
Where do you think you’re going?!?

A stream of electronic noises pour forth from the small robot.

THREEPIO (CONT’D)
…to find Owen Lars?!? What’s that?!? Just because the boss was looking for his brother doesn’t mean WE have to look for him! That WAS the prime directive, but not anymore…Besides, why go that way? It’s so rocky. Why not go this way? It would be much easier. How do you KNOW Owen Lars is that way?

Artoo continues his electronic babbling.

THREEPIO (CONT’D)
Don’t get technical with me. I think you’re going the wrong way. I’ve had just about enough of you! You pragmatic, nearsighted scrap pile. I don’t believe this “Angel Blue” even exits, but you just go that way. You’ll be malfunctioning within a day.

He picks up the tiny robot and tosses him several feet into a large sand dune. Threepio starts off in the direction of the dune sea. Artoo struggles to his three, stubby feet and shakes a metallic claw arm at his disappearing ex-partner.

THREEPIO (CONT’D)
(over his shoulder) …And don’t let me catch you following me begging for help -because you won t get it!

Artoo counters with a few short whistles.

THREEPIO (CONT’D)
Don’t call ME a traitor. My loyalty is impeccable!…You emotion-brained intellectual…

Artoo’s reply is a rather rude sound. He turns and trudges off in the opposite direction.

20. EXT. PLANET UTAPAU – DUNE SEA
Threepio, hot and tired, struggles up over the ridge of a dune, only to find more dunes, which seem to go on for endless miles. He looks back in the direction of the now distant rock mesas.

THREEPIO
You little malfunctioning twerp. This is all your fault. You tricked me into going this way, but you’ll do no better.

He sits in a huff of anger and frustration, knocking the sand from his joints. His plight seems hopeless, when a glint of reflected light in the distance reveals an object speeding toward him. The bronze android waves frantically and yells at the approaching transport.

21. EXT. PLANET UTAPAU – ROCK MESA
The little Artoo stumbles over several boulders as he struggles to reach the crest of a rocky mesa.
He reaches the top and scans the foreboding desert valley below. Far in the distance, shining in the twin suns like an inviting oasis, stands the settlement of ANCHORHEAD. The mechanical runt carries on an electronic conversation with himself as he searches the rugged ground for something. He picks up a large stone in his powerful claw hand, then discards it. He finds another stone that he is apparently satisfied with, carries it to the edge of the butte, and tosses it over. The stone slams down the steep side of the mesa, kicking up dust and creating a small avalanche. He makes some quick calculations, then starts off down the treacherous slope.

22. EXT. PLANET UTAPAU – ROCK CANYON
The gargantuan rock formations are shrouded in a strange mist, and the ominous sounds of unearthly creatures fill the air. Artoo moves cautiously through the creepy rock canyon, inadvertently making a loud clicking noise as he goes. He hears a distant, hard metallic sound and stops for a moment. He hears nothing. He sees nothing moving. Convinced he is alone, he continues on his way. In the distance, a pebble tumbles down the steep canyon wall and a small dark figure darts into the shadows. A little further up the canyon, a slight flicker of light reveals a pair of eyes in the dark recesses, only a few feet from the narrow path.
The unsuspecting robot waddles along the rugged trail until suddenly, out of nowhere, a powerful magnetic ray shoots out of the rocks and engulfs him in an eerie glow. He manages one short electronic squeak before he topples over onto his back. His bright computer lights flicker off, then on, then off again. Out of the rocks scurry three MEN, no taller than Artoo. They holster strange and complex weapons as they cautiously approach the robot. They wear grubby cloaks, and their faces are shrouded so that only their yellow eyes can be seen. They hiss and make odd guttural sounds as they heave the heavy robot to their shoulders, and carry him off down the trail. The vile little creatures grunt and groan as they struggle with their weighty prize. They smell horribly, attracting small insects to the dark areas where their mouths and nostrils should be.

23. EXT. ROCK CANYON – SANDCRAWLER
Eight dwarfs, or JAWAS, as they’re sometimes called, carry Artoo out of the canyon to a huge sandcrawler — a tank-like vehicle the size of a two-story house. They place the robot in a small bin on one side of the crawler, and a mechanical arm promptly lifts the bin, dumping the unconscious Artoo into the back of the giant tractor. The filthy little Jawas scurry like rats up small ladders and enter the main cabin of the behemoth transport. Several windows light up in the cockpit area toward the front of the crawler followed by the loud scream of powerful engines. The enormous sandcrawler turns and lumbers off toward the magnificent twin suns, now slowly setting over a distant mountain range.

24. INT. SANDCRAWLER – HOLD AREA
It is dim and dank inside the hold area of the sandcrawler. Artoo lies on a pile of metal scrap, lifepods, rocket parts, and the limbs and dismembered parts of robots. Artoo’s computer lights slowly begin to glow, then they blink on full power. He makes a few electronic sounds to himself as he tries to figure out what happened, and where he is. He stumbles around on the scrap heap until he thinks to turn on the small floodlight on his forehead.
The narrow beam swings across the rubble and stops on the half-buried claw arm of another robot. Artoo moves over to the buried robot and calls to it, but gets no response. He pulls on the arm but it won’t budge. Finally he gives it a good tug and it breaks loose, sending him head over heels. He sits dazed, holding the severed forearm of a power robot, then lets out a terrifying electronic shriek. The little robot scans the rest of the huge chamber with his headlights and sees a series of grotesquely twisted and maimed astro robots. The narrow beam comes to rest on a battered, but otherwise whole “common-labor” robot. The “laborer” makes a move to cover his giant electronic eye, which is extended on a long tube from his box-like body. Little Artoo jumps back in fright.

LABORER
Shut off that light!

Artoo is still shaken, but manages a short apology and then shuts off his light. The laborer robot is barely visible.

LABORER (CONT’D)
Is there no peace!? This is MY chamber, go find yourself another. Go on…go on! Get out!

Artoo stumbles off toward what appears to be a door at the end of the chamber.
He enters a large room with a very low ceiling (about four feet high). In the middle of the scrap heap sit a dozen or so robots of various shapes and sizes. Some are engaged in electronic conversation, while others simply mill about. In the middle of the group sits a strange, little robot with a large worklight for a head, which illuminates the odd assemblage of mechanical slaves. A blue “astro construction” robot — somewhat similar to Artoo, only a bit fatter -approaches the newcomer and beeps an electronic greeting. The two stubby robots exchange electronic analysis of the situation as they waddle toward the group. A voice of recognition calls out from the gloom.

THREEPIO
Artoo! Artoo Detoo! It’s you!

A battered and slightly worse-for-wear Threepio scrambles up to Artoo on his hands and knees (remember the four foot ceiling) and embraces him.

THREEPIO (CONT’D)
…they’ve caught you, too. I’m afraid we’re doomed! We’re doomed!

The blue robot continues on back to the group as the two old companions huddle in a hollow of scrap metal.

THREEPIO (CONT’D)
We’ve landed on one of the OUTLAND DARK PLANETS! There is no hope for us now. These Jawa’s aren’t traders, they’re metalmen. They’ll melt us down. I’m not useful like you, they’ll scrap me for sure.

Artoo makes a short electronic reply.

THREEPIO (CONT’D)
You’re right. I should not have ignored your prime directive. But it’s a little late now… Wait, we’re stopping!
25. EXT. WASTELAND – NIGHT
The monstrous sandcrawler pulls up to a large outcropping of rocks in the trail and grinds to a rumbling stop. Several Jawa’s scramble out of the huge vehicle to inspect the boulders blocking the trail. An argument erupts between one Jawa, in a red habit, and the other hooded dwarfs. He yells something at the others, then walks off to the side of the trail. The rest of the little creatures climb back into the giant tank. The crawler starts with a low hum, slowly moving forward until a loud scraping noise screams from beneath the chassis. The red-cloaked dwarf climbs onto a nearby rock and yells at the others to stop. They ignore him.

26. INT. SANDCRAWLER – HOLD AREA
The scraping sound is haunting as well as deafening. The entire chamber trembles, creating quite a commotion among the mechanical men. At the far end of the long chamber, a bright light suddenly appears, followed by a cacophony of electronic shouts and yells. The “common labor” robot runs past the confused Artoo and Threepio.

LABORER
We’re free! We’re free!

Amidst the confusion of the fleeing robots, Artoo and Threepio carefully make their way toward a break in the side of the crawler. Several Jawas appear at the opening with pistols, but before they can fire, they are knocked over and trampled by the fleeing mechanical men.

27. EXT. WASTELAND – NIGHT
The sound of yelling Jawas and screaming robots fades in the distance as Artoo and Threepio scramble up a narrow ravine away from the sandcrawler. They duck into a tiny crevice in the rock to avoid several fleeing robots, followed by a dozen armed Jawas. After a few moments they peer out, and seeing that the way is clear, rush off down the winding path.

DISSOLVE TO:
28. EXT. PLANET UTAPAU – ANCHORHEAD SETTLEMENT
A small settlement, consisting of a few run-down blockhouse-type buildings, rests against one of the huge rock mesas. The two robots study the sleepy little camp from a bluff some distance away.

THREEPIO
I don’t like it. What if there are more Jawa scavengers down there?

The runt-like Artoo starts off down the side of the rocky bluff.

THREEPIO (CONT’D)
Wait a minute! It’s too dangerous. We need a plan…

Threepio chases his little partner down the slope.

29. EXT. ANCHORHEAD SETTLEMENT – MAIN STREET
The dozen or so buildings are bleached white by the two Utapau suns. A harsh and dusty wind blows through the empty streets of the tiny settlement. A rather frightened Threepio follows his little companion down the foreboding street toward a low concrete structure that is all but covered by the desert sands. The rusted hulk of a powerful “landspeeder” (an auto-like transport which travels a few feet above the ground on a magnetic field) lies half-buried to one side of the building. The two robots cautiously approach the dilapidated power station.

THREEPIO
I don’t like this…

It is quiet, but for the continual wind. A dismantled speeder rests in the repair bay of the gas station-like building. There is a sharp dripping sound coming from the speeder. It appears that no one is around.

THREEPIO (CONT’D)
Greetings!…Greetings. Is anyone home? (to Artoo) I think you’re overheated. There is no one here…

Out of the gloom of the office behind them, a voice cuts through the silence:

VOICE (MECHANIC)
What can I do you for?

The robots turn around with a start. A short, wizened old MECHANIC of sixty or seventy stands before them.

MECHANIC (CONT’D)
Who are you with?

THREEPIO
Greetings, sir. I’m See Threepio, Human-Cyborg relations. This is my counterpart, Artoo Detoo. Your kindness would be greatly appreciated…

The old mechanic is a bit suspicious. An evil look fills his eye. He rubs his grimy, withered hand over Threepio’s smooth metal shoulder.

MECHANIC
You’re in very good shape for these parts…Where is your master? You do have a master, don’t you?

Artoo beeps a few signals to his bronze friend. The old mechanic begins to fiddle with the wrench he is holding, in the most unsettling way. Threepio becomes a bit nervous.

THREEPIO
I am looking for one Owen Lars. We believe him to be of this settlement. Do you know where we might find him?

The mechanic starts dragging a heavy power-pack toward the station.

MECHANIC
Lars! I should have known…He should know better than to let you travel alone. He has a place about three measures out of town. Due north, you can’t miss it. It’s the only place out there…

Artoo helps the old man with the heavy power pack.

THREEPIO
Your kindness is greatly appreciated.

MECHANIC
Any time I can help Lars, I am at his service. You tell him that. Be careful going out there, this ain’t good country for you two to be running loose in.

THREEPIO
Yes sir, we appreciate your concern.

The two robots start down the empty street heading north, leaving the old mechanic scratching his head. The old man passes a sinister-looking, black Imperial speeder half hidden behind a generator as he returns to his gloomy office.

30. INT. POWER STATION OFFICE – ANCHORHEAD SETTLEMENT
In the shadows of the dingy little office sits a large, burly Imperial “Tusken”. His reddish eyes are sunken in a larger than normal, dust-covered face. He sits up in his chair.

MECHANIC
Now there’s something “out of the ordinary” for you. I wonder what they want with Lars?

The gray Tusken thinks about this for a moment.

TUSKEN
I’d better make a report.

31. EXT. PLANET UTAPAU – WASTELAND – HOMESTEAD VALLEY
Several concrete buildings squat in the middle of a desolate valley. Threepio hurries after his determined companion as they near the low gray structures.

THREEPIO
…I don’t care; he STILL could have offered us transport. How much further do you suppose. I’ve got to rest, before I fall apart. My joints are almost frozen. What a forsaken place this is. We seem to be made to suffer, it’s our lot in life…

32. EXT. LARS HOMESTEAD – COURTYARD
Artoo and Threepio enter the main courtyard of the Lars Homestead and find themselves standing
in a sparse but sparkling oasis, with low concrete walls and great turrets spilling over with foliage from rooftop gardens. They stop before an enormous shaded corridor. BIGGS AND WINDY STARKILLER, twin boys a little over seven years old, run through the long tile walkway to greet the robots. Yelling and laughing, their tiny footsteps echo throughout the building. They are quickly followed by OWEN LARS, a bearded, sturdy-burly man in his early fifties and his plump-jolly wife, BERU. Their beautiful sixteen-year-old daughter, LEIA, stands shyly at the far end of the entry. The twins run around the robots, jumping and screaming their excitement. The mechanical men are somewhat befuddled by the dynamic duo, and attempt to ignore them.

LARS
Welcome. May we offer you shelter? Are you lost, or do you travel with someone?

THREEPIO
Greetings. I am See Threepio, Human-Cyborg relations. This is my counterpart, Artoo Detoo. We seek the dwelling of Owen Lars.

LARS
You have found it, my friends. I am Owen Lars… (to the riotous twins) Boys, slow down a little and let them speak…

THREEPIO
We have come for the one called “Angel Blue”.

Owen and Beru are startled at the mention of “Angel Blue”. Leia approaches the group, and eyes the robots suspiciously; she turns to her father.

LEIA
Father, I think they’re a trap, sent by an evil Jawa trading lord, or the dark master of the Bogan, or maybe even the Emperor himself.

LARS
Leia.

LEIA
Yes, that’s it. They’ve intercepted transmission fragments and are now searching the galaxy for the source. They don’t know the origin, so they have sent these…

BERU
Leia, please! Let your father handle this.

LARS
Who speaks for you? From what system do you hail?

THREEPIO
Deak 331-27-27 of Ogana Major…

Beru’s concern at the mention of Deak cannot be contained.

BERU
What has happened? Where is Deak?

THREEPIO
Our master has been attacked. My counterpart brings his message for the one called “Angel Blue”.

LARS
Luke is in the southern ravine. The boys will take you to him.

The two boys let out a cheer and run off toward the distant horizon.

THREEPIO
Your kindness is greatly appreciated. We thank you… (turning to the boys) Wait! Slow down a bit.

The mechanical duo lumber off after the disappearing twins.

33. EXT. DESERT RAVINE
Alone in a wind-swept canyon stands LUKE STARKILLER, a short, chubby boy about eighteen years old. He seems frozen in place, a humming laser sword held high over his head. The twins stop on the ridge overlooking their brother and fall silent. The robots soon take up position behind them.

THREEPIO
Is that “Angel Blue”?

Biggs turns and gestures to the tall bronze man to be quiet. Suspended at eye level — about ten feet in front of Luke -a chrome baseball covered with antenna hovers slowly in a wide arc. The ball floats to one side of the youth, then to the other. Suddenly it makes a lightning swift lunge and stops within a few feet of Luke’s face. Luke doesn’t move, and the ball backs off. It slowly moves behind the boy, then makes another quick lunge, this time emitting a blood red laser beam as it attacks.
Luke sparks to life. With one amazingly swift move, he turns and swings his laser sword, deflecting the beam, and losing his balance, tumbles to the desert floor. The ball shoots straight up in the air about twenty feet, then drops like a rock firing a second laser bolt, which hits the youth square on the seat of his pants. Luke lets out a painful yell and attempts to scramble to his feet, but is hit several more times before he manages to regain his balance and deflect the bolts.
The ball ceases firing, and moves back to its original position. Luke raises his hand signaling “enough for one day”. He wearily picks up his things, including the chrome ball, then turns and waves to the small group on the ridge. The twins run down to greet him. By the time the cumbersome Artoo and Threepio make it down the slope, Biggs and Windy are climbing all over their big brother.

THREEPIO (CONT’D)
“Angel Blue”?…

LUKE
“…the Skywalker”…

The two robots make a short bow before the youth.

THREEPIO
See Threepio, and my counterpart Artoo Detoo. At your service, sir.

LUKE
You have word of my brother. What has happened to him?

THREEPIO
I’m sorry, sir; but I am unable to explain the absence of our master. We only bring his message…

Artoo makes a few electronic beeps and whistles; then after a little static, a small (two foot) 3-D hologram of Deak is projected from the face of the robot. The image is a rainbow of color as it flickers and jiggles in the desert wasteland.

DEAK’S IMAGE
Whippersnapper, I didn’t make it…I’m sorry. The forces of the Bogan have become strong and deadly…I am lost. Father is in grave danger. He needs you and he needs the KIBER CRYSTAL. You must find a way to get to Ogana Major on your own. He is waiting for you there. Be careful, though. Ogana Major is under siege by the Imperial Legions of Alderaan. You must hurry for the force of the Ashla grows weak, and I don’t know how much longer father can hold out. The enemy has constructed a powerful weapon to use against him. Warn Uncle…

An Aquillian officer enters the hologram and interrupts Deak. There is a little static, then the transmission is cut short. A grave concern sweeps over Luke as he contemplates the fate of his brother. Biggs and Windy are puzzled.

BIGGS
Who was that?

LUKE
That was your brother Deak. I wish you could see him in person, he is so terrific…I’m afraid you may never see him now. Run to the house. Tell Aunt Beru or Uncle Owen I’m going to be awhile. Go on now…Take them with you.

The boys rush off with the robots in tow, leaving Luke sitting silently alone. He picks up some small stones and begins to toss them at a large boulder. A chip in the boulder reveals a small shiny fossil. Luke spots it and goes over to study it. He takes a small camera out of his bag and photographs it, making some accompanying notations in a small book.

34. INT. LARS HOMESTEAD – DINING AREA
Owen Lars and the three boys sit before a table covered with steaming bowls of food. Biggs and Windy are eating between giggles and horseplay. Luke has barely touched his dinner. Leia enters from the kitchen with a flask filled with blue milk. She sits near Luke.

OWEN
Where’s the thanta sauce? (yelling into the other room) Honey, where’s the thanta sauce?

Beru enters carrying a small pitcher. She gives Owen a knowing smile as she slides into her place at the table.

BERU
I never! I put it right here in front so you’d see it.

She hands him a dish, and he grunts an embarrassed reply.

BERU (CONT’D)
Luke, you’ve hardly touched your dinner. Have some bum-bum extract. It’s very mild.

OWEN
(to Luke) The force of the Bogan is strong, and if you don’t feel you can make it, you probably won’t.

LUKE
I’ve never even been past this planet…and I never thought I’d be going alone. Suddenly I feel very small -and well…desperate.

OWEN
How I wish I had the counsel of your father. Ever since your mother died, we have fallen on doubtful times…

LUKE
Deak is in trouble. I should be helping him…

OWEN
If your brother is still alive, they will have taken him to the dungeons of ALDERAAN, at the very heart of the Empire. No one, not even your father in his prime, could help him there.

Biggs and Windy have finished eating and are getting restless.

BIGGS
May we play with the “droids”?

BERU
Take your plates out first.

The twins scamper into the kitchen with their dirty dishes.

OWEN
Your father is getting very old. I fear he needs your help more than your brother does, and much more depends on him succeeding. If he at last has asked for the Kiber Crystal, his powers must be very weak. It is a dangerous thing to have loose in the galaxy …and you need him, for you are not yet with the FORCE OF OTHERS. I have taught you the ways of a skilled warrior, but I am not a Jedi Bendu. The ways of the spirit you must learn from your father.

LUKE
But my catalog on the ancients. I haven’t nearly completed it…

OWEN
Luke, you’re not a researcher, or a philosopher. You’re the son of a Jedi. Your brothers accepted their destiny with joy and pride. Anyone would. Why can’t you?

LUKE
I may be a good pilot, but I’m not a warrior. No matter how hard I try. It’s just not in me.

OWEN
I know, you’d rather carve a jud stone, or work on your catalog of the ancients…I’ve trained seven of your father’s sons and it’s clear that you are not the most gifted in the disciplines — not in power or speed, at any rate…

LUKE
Deak was the best; but that didn’t seem to be good enough…

BERU
But you have the way about you… and wisdom far beyond your years…

OWEN
You must learn to use such strength and wits as you have. Your father has need of the Kiber Crystal. The decision is yours. I cannot bear this burden for you, my duty is to the twins. But we must do something soon. The enemy is moving, and we are no longer safe here.

Leia listens to the discussion with much interest. She watches Luke with un-concealed admiration.

BERU
Luke, if you do decide to go, remember Ogana Major is far across the galaxy. Without Deak to help you, the way will be difficult, and chances of your reaching your father are slim. Don’t try it if you think you are going to fail. The power of the Bogan force has grown strong; but if the Kiber Crystal were to fall into the hands of the enemy, all hope would be lost…

OWEN
Somehow, you will have to manage to find transport in MOS EISLEY, and once you do, the way through the Outland Systems will be dark and dangerous. The wild things there are queer and savage, unlike anything you’ve experienced here.

Leia is unable to control her concern.

LEIA
Luke, you don’t even know the “grip of tython” or “the seven moves”. You can’t…

OWEN
Leia…

Leia settles down, but she is clearly worried. There is a long silence. Owen sits back in his chair, and lights up his pipe. The twins can be heard playing with Artoo and Threepio in the other room. The silence becomes uncomfortable.

LUKE
I suppose I must go…

Tears begin to roll down Leia’s cheeks, and she rushes from the room. Beru looks to Owen, who looks to Luke, who looks embarrassed.

BERU
The prayers of all of us go with you.

LUKE
The Empire’s vast size and power is its greatest weakness. I think I can make it…But I would rather help Deak trapped in the heart of the Empire than face this father I don’t remember.

Owen gets up from the table and gently pats Luke on the shoulder.

35. EXT. LARS HOMESTEAD – GRAVE SITE – DUSK
Luke sits before a tall smooth stone planted on a burial mound. He sits with his head bowed to his knees. Finally he stands up and speaks to the stone.

LUKE
Well, Mom. I guess this is my last visit…I’m going to finally get to meet him…I fear
many Jedi have fallen since your death, for the Bogan force is now heavy among us. Father asks for the Kiber Crystal so there is little hope. I’m sure the boys will stay safe with Uncle Owen…I sure miss you…

The twin suns of Utapau rest red on the horizon as Luke leaves the grave site and walks the short distance to the main house.

36. INT. LARS HOMESTEAD – MAIN LIVING AREA – DUSK
The main living area is a dim, cool room projecting a feeling of time-worn comfort and security. Owen lovingly moves his arm around Beru as they stand before a large window watching the giant twin suns of Utapau slowly disappear behind a distant dune range.

BERU
Aren’t they beautiful?

OWEN
“Always and never the same.”

BERU
Must we leave?

OWEN
I think with Luke going, we’ll be safe here for awhile. We’ve been the happiest here, haven’t we…

BERU
Owen, he’s not ready, is he?… Why don’t you stop him? What was Deak thinking of to place such an impossible task before his brother…

The door opens and Luke enters, collapsing in a large, over-stuffed chair near a pot-belly thermal-heater which dominates the room. A warm friendly glow radiates from a tiny portal in front of the heater. Luke’s gaze is fixed on the red embers, but his eyes are lit as if by a greater fire from within.
Owen and Beru talk quietly in the background. She rests her head on his shoulder as the last rays of sunlight stream across the floor of the room. A playful Biggs and Windy enter with Leia and stand in the doorway. The twins are dressed in their night clothes.

BIGGS
What’s going on in here?

Luke returns from his world of dark thoughts and smiles at them. The twins rush up to Owen and Beru, give them a kiss, then bounce over to Luke, and jump into his lap.

BERU
Don’t be too late now.

Owen and Beru take Leia into the other room.

WINDY
Why are you going away?

LUKE
Because our father needs me, as he will need you someday.

BIGGS
I thought our father was killed?

LUKE
The time has come for me to tell you of your heritage, as Deak told it to me and as his older brother Cliegg told it to him.

The boys settle down and listen attentively.

LUKE (CONT’D)
In another time, long before the Empire, and before the Republic had been formed, a holy man called the Skywalker became aware of a powerful energy field which he believed influenced the destiny of all living creatures…

BIGGS
The “FORCE OF OTHERS”!

LUKE
Yes, and after much study, he was able to know the force, and it communicated with him. He came to see things in a new way. His “aura” and powers grew very strong. The Skywalker brought a new life to the people of his system, and became one of the founders of the Republic Galactica.

WINDY
The “FORCE OF OTHERS” talked to him!?!

LUKE
In a manner different from the way we talk. As you know, the “FORCE OF OTHERS” has two halves: Ashla, the good, and Bogan, the paraforce or evil part. Fortunately, Skywalker came to know the good half and was able to resist the paraforce; but he realized that if he taught others the way of the Ashla, some, with less strength, might come to know Bogan, the dark side, and bring unthinkable suffering to the Universe. For this reason, the Skywalker entrusted the secret of THE FORCE only to his twelve children, and they in turn passed on the knowledge only to their children, who became known as the Jedi Bendu of the Ashla: “the servants of the force”. For thousands of years, they brought peace and justice to the galaxy. At one time there were several hundred Jedi families, but now there are only two or three.

WINDY
What happened to them?

LUKE
As the Republic spread throughout the galaxy, encompassing over a million worlds, the GREAT SENATE grew to such overwhelming proportions that it no longer responded to the needs of its citizens. After a series of assassinations and elaborately rigged elections, the Great Senate became secretly controlled by the Power and Transport guilds. When the Jedi discovered the conspiracy and attempted to purge the Senate, they were denounced as traitors. Several Jedi allowed themselves to be tried and executed, but most of them fled into the Outland systems and tried to tell people of the conspiracy. But the elders chose to remain behind, and the Great Senate diverted them by creating civil disorder. The Senate secretly instigated race wars, and aided anti-government terrorists. They slowed down the system of justice, which caused the crime rate to rise to the point where a totally controlled and oppressive police state was welcomed by the systems. The Empire was born. The systems were exploited by a new economic policy which raised the cost of power and transport to unbelievable heights. Many worlds were destroyed this way. Many people starved…

BIGGS
Why didn’t the “FORCE OF OTHERS” help the Jedi to put things right?

LUKE
Because a terrible thing happened. During one of his lessons a young PADAWAN-JEDI, a boy named Darklighter, came to know the evil half of the force, and fell victim to the spell of the dreaded Bogan. He ran away from his instructor and taught the evil ways of the Bogan Force to a clan of Sith pirates, who then spread untold misery throughout the systems. They became the personal bodyguards of the Emperor. The Jedi were hunted down by these deadly Sith knights. With every Jedi death, contact with the Ashla grows weaker, and the force of the Bogan grows more powerful.

WINDY
Where are the Jedi now?

LUKE
They’re hidden; but many are still fighting to free the systems from the grip of the Empire. Our father is a Jedi. He is called “The Starkiller” and is said to be a great and wise man, and tomorrow I am on my way to join him and learn the ways of the “FORCE OF OTHERS”.

BIGGS
Can we go, too?
LUKE
Not yet, Biggs my boy. There is much you must learn from Uncle Owen — where it is safe. And when you are ready, I will come back for you…I promise.

37. EXT. LARS HOMESTEAD – COURTYARD – DAWN
Early morning breaks across the quiet little courtyard as Owen and Luke lift supplies into the back of a low, battered, two-man landspeeder. Threepio lifts Artoo into a tiny jump-seat, then climbs into the passenger compartment. Beru, Leia, and the twins stand in the entryway, silently watching. The storage hatch is slammed shut with a bang. Owen unfastens his gun-belt and hands it to Luke. He slides back a small latch on the belt buckle revealing a small diamond-like crystal. Luke carefully examines it.

LUKE
The Kiber Crystal!

OWEN
The only one. A Jedi can use it to intensify the Ashla force a hundred fold; but, remember it can also be used to intensify the power of the Bogan…It must not fall into the hands of the Sith… They would do anything to have it.

Luke stands looking at the Crystal for a few moments, then snaps the buckle closed and puts on the belt.

OWEN (CONT’D)
The enemy is everywhere, so stay alert. If you keep due south, you should make it in two days at the most. I just hope you can sell this bucket for enough to get you to the Ogana System…

For a few awkward moments, Luke stands looking at everyone not really wanting to say goodbye.

OWEN (CONT’D)
It’s a good day to travel. The FORCE OF OTHERS is surely with you. We’ll be moving on soon. I will send word once we’re settled…

Luke shakes his hand, and Owen gives him a big hug. The young adventurer then goes to his Aunt Beru and gives her a kiss and a hug.

BERU
The spaceport at Mos Eisley is not a decent place. Be careful there.

LUKE
I’ll watch out, Aunt Beru. Don’t worry.

He lovingly roughs up the twins, and starts to give Leia a kiss, but thinks better of it and gives her a short polite hug before retreating to the speeder. Leia is greatly disappointed.

OWEN
Wish your father well.

BERU
May the FORCE OF OTHERS be with you.

Luke pops open the door of the speeder; but before he can get in, Leia runs up and gives him a big kiss. Luke is surprised and embarrassed. Beru and Owen smile, as Leia rushes back into the house. Luke settles into the speeder and it starts with a crack and loud whine. Everyone waves as the speeder roars out of the courtyard, and into the desolate Utapau wilderness.

38. EXT. LANDSPEEDER – TRAVELING
The sleek landspeeder glides effortlessly through the treacherous rock canyons and out onto the awesome dune sea. The vibrations of the speeder causes Artoo’s outer shell to rattle a rhythmic little tune.

LUKE
How long were you with my brother?

THREEPIO
I had the pleasure of serving Master Deak for over three years …my counterpart was with him a bit longer.

Artoo chatters to his bronze interpreter.

THREEPIO (CONT’D)
…Three years eight months. Master Deak is a man above men. You should be proud of him. indeed you should, sir. I’m only a “droid”, and not much more than an interpreter, and not very good at poetry, if you take my meaning — not at making it up anyway. So I can’t tell you what he’s really like. But a great man he is! Strong…with great skill…I hope he’s not in peril…what a dilemma! Sometimes the logic of human relations escapes me…

Luke thinks about this for a few moments; then rather reluctantly, almost afraid, he asks a second question.

LUKE
Have you ever met my father?

THREEPIO
No, I’m afraid not, sir. I couldn’t even tell you what he looks like. He’s an elusive one. More of a myth than a man, if I may say so, sir…But Master Deak always spoke of him with great respect…

Luke seems a little disappointed with Threepio’s answer.

39. EXT. DUNE SEA
The small speeder sits at the bottom of a huge sand dune. Luke, with his extremely long-barreled laser rifle slung over his shoulder, makes his way to the top of the ridge. He studies the landscape with his electro-binoculars, until he spots a small dust twister speeding toward them. He quickly slides back down the dune to where Threepio is lifting Artoo out of the speeder. The stubby little robot struts around stretching his joints between irritated whistles.

LUKE
You were right, there is something following us. We’d better move on.

THREEPIO
Who do you suppose it is? Do you think they’re looking for us?

LUKE
It’s probably nothing. A “jomtrader” most likely; but I have a strange feeling about it.

DISSOLVE TO:
40. EXT. PLANET UTAPAU – MOS EISLEY SPACEPORT
The speeder stops on a bluff overlooking the spaceport at MOS EISLEY. It is a haphazard array of low gray concrete structures and semi-domes. A harsh gale blows across the bleak canyon floor and batters Luke as he lowers his sand goggles and walks to the edge of the craggy bluff. A leaden sky presses down on the large settlement, which seems to be losing a never-ending battle against the shifting sands. Something in the distance catches his eye, and he instinctively grabs his electrobinoculars. He follows a sinister-black “tusken” landspeeder as it enters the spaceport. Luke returns to his speeder, and his two mechanical companions.

LUKE
Well, whoever was following us has gone into Mos Eisley…they weren’t “jom traders”, that’s for sure…It was a speeder of the Imperial starforce…

41. EXT. MOS EISLEY SPACEPORT – SLUM DWELLINGS
Luke stops the speeder before the remains of a burnt-out spaceship the size of a large jet fighter. Two scruffy figures huddle around a small thermal-heater, attempting to use the spacecraft as shelter against the howling winds. One of the rag-tag figures gets up and ventures over to Luke in the speeder. When the shabby beggar stands up, it is obvious from his pint size that he is a Jawa. Artoo lets out a string of electronic beeps and whistles.

THREEPIO
Begging your pardon, sir, but watch out for this guy.

The wretched little creature moves close to the speeder and begins to run his gnarled little hand across it.

LUKE
Where might I find passage on a starship?

JAWA
Nice zoom zoom.

LUKE
Where are the men who fly in the ships?

Saliva dribbles from the dark hole where the Jawa’s face should be and drops, splat, on the hood of the speeder.

JAWA
Drink place. Drink place down the street. Nice zoom zoom.

The Jawa continues to fondle the speeder as Luke starts the magno-system. The filthy little creature reluctantly jumps away as the speeder takes off and glides down the dismal spaceport street.

42. EXT. MOS EISLEY SPACEPORT – CANTINA
The speeder pulls up in front of a run-down, blockhouse cantina on the outskirts of the spaceport. Various strange forms of transport, including several unusual beasts of burden, are parked outside the bar.

THREEPIO
I can’t abide those Jawas. Disgusting creatures.

LUKE
Take care in here. I don’t like the looks of this place.

As the trio exit the speeder, an ancient human shrouded in gray robes, sitting near the entrance to the cantina calls out to them. The man appears to be a blind beggar.

SEER
Come to me and the truth shall be known.

Luke reluctantly approaches the old man.

SEER (CONT’D)
I’ve seen what is to be. I can tell you what you need to know…

Luke drops several coins in the man’s open palm.

LUKE
Can you tell me where I might find transport to Ogana Major?

SEER
Your fate is clouded…but the will of the force has set your path. The man you seek you’ll find inside; the one who needs you, you’ll find in time. Fear not, for the “son of the suns” will free us all. Take care for the Bogan is heavy upon this system. May the FORCE OF OTHERS be with you.

Luke is somewhat puzzled by the old man’s dialogue.

THREEPIO
A profoundly illogical answer. He’s not completely with us, if you take my meaning.

43. INT. SPACEPORT CANTINA
The young adventurer and his two mechanical servants enter the smoke-filled cantina. The murky, moldy den is filled with a startling array of weird and exotic alien creatures and monsters, laughing at the long metallic bar. At first, the sight is horrifying. One-eyed, thousand-eyed, slimy, furry, scaly tentacles and claws huddle over drinks. Luke moves to an empty spot at the bar near a group of repulsive but human Corellian pirates. A huge, rough-looking BARTENDER comes over to Luke and the robots.

BARTENDER
We don’t serve “their kind” in here.

Luke, still recovering from the shock of seeing so many outlandish creatures in one room, doesn’t quite catch the bartender’s drift.

LUKE
What?

BARTENDER
Your “Droids” will have to wait outside. We don’t serve ‘em here.

Luke notices that several of the creatures along the bar are giving them a very unfriendly glare.

LUKE
Yes, of course, I’m so sorry. (he turns to Threepio) You’d better stay with the speeder. We don’t want any trouble… I’ll bring you something…

THREEPIO
I must say, I agree, sir.

Threepio and his stubby partner go outside, and most of the creatures at the bar go back to their drinks. Luke is standing next to HAN SOLO, a young Corellian pirate only a few years older than himself. He is a burly-bearded but ruggedly handsome boy dressed in a gaudy array of flamboyant apparel.

LUKE
Do you know of any ship heading toward the Ogana Systems?

Han Solo eyes him suspiciously.

HAN
What’s your business, little one?

Han turns to his companion, CHEWBACCA, an eight foot tall, savage-looking creature resembling a huge gray bush-baby monkey with fierce “baboon”-like fangs. His large yellow eyes dominate a fur-covered face and soften his otherwise awesome appearance. Over his matted, furry body, he wears two chrome bandoleers, a flak jacket painted in a bizarre camouflage pattern, brown cloth shorts, and little else. He is a two-hundred-year-old “WOOKIEE”, and a sight to behold. Han speaks to the Wookiee in his own language, which is little more than a series of grunts. The young pirate points to Luke several times during his conversation and the creature suddenly lets out a horrifying laugh. Han chuckles to himself and turns back to Luke.

HAN (CONT’D)
What would you be doing going on such a trip? Ogana Major is part of the Alliance…You wouldn’t be one of those rebels, would yuh, little one?

He can’t control his laughter, and Chewbacca starts in again, also. Luke is getting a little worried.

LUKE
I just want passage.

Han puts his arm around Luke’s shoulder and draws him near.

HAN
Listen, little one, why don’t you go on back to the farm or wherever you come from. Then maybe in a few years you’ll grow up to become an important starpilot, like me.

He lets out a hearty laugh and turns back to the giant Wookiee. Luke is afraid, but tries not to show it. He quietly sips his drink, looking over the crowd for a more sympathetic ear, or whatever. A large multiple-eyed creature on the other side of Luke gives him a rather rough shove.

CREATURE
Negola dughi wooldugger?!?

The hideous freak is obviously drunk. Luke tries to ignore the creatures and turns back to his drink. A short grubby HUMAN and an even smaller rodent-like beast join the belligerent monstrosity.

HUMAN
He doesn’t like you.

LUKE
I’m sorry.

HUMAN
I don’t like you either.

The big creature is getting agitated, and yells some unintelligible gibberish at the now rather nervous young Jedi.

HUMAN (CONT’D)
Don’t insult us. You just watch yourself. We’re wanted men. I have the death sentence on twelve systems.

LUKE
I’ll be careful then.

HUMAN
You’ll be dead.

The rodent lets out a loud grunt and everything at the bar moves away. Luke tries to remain cool, but it isn’t easy. His three adversaries ready their weapons. Han Solo, who has been watching the chain of events, begins to feel sorry for the young tenderfoot and intervenes.

HAN
This little one isn’t worth the effort. Besides, he’s leaving. Come, let me buy you something.

A powerful blow from the unpleasant creature sends the young Corellian pirate sailing across the room, crashing through tables and breaking a large jug filled with a foul-looking liquid. With a blood-curdling shriek, the monster draws a wicked chrome laser pistol from his belt. The bartender panics!

BARTENDER
No blasters!! No blaster! Please!

Little Luke’s laser sword sparks to life, and in a flash, an arm lies on the floor. The rodent is cut in two, and the giant, multiple-eyed creature lies doubled, cut from chin to groin. Luke shaking, and somewhat amazed at his reflex powers, replaces his sword in its sheath. The entire fight has lasted only a matter of seconds. The cantina goes back to normal, although Luke is now given a respectable amount of room at the bar. Han, rubbing his bruised head, approaches the “little one” with new awe. The bartender drags the bodies out.

HAN
I could have saved myself a good bump if I had known your skill…

LUKE
I thank you for trying to help.

HAN
They’re lucky they caught me off guard. I would have taken more time with them. It’s the Bogan force. We’ve been feeling it for several days. It drives those MONDUTHS wild…I’m Han Solo. This is my first-mate Chewbacca.

Luke is still giddy, and downs a fresh drink.

HAN (CONT’D)
So you’re looking for transport to Ogana…I might be able to help, but it’s very far — the cost would be great.

LUKE
I can pay. You know of a ship going in that direction?

HAN
In these times, one cannot be too careful, you understand -going into a rebel zone and all — but come to my place. We’ll have some food and talk this over.

Luke is filled with grateful enthusiasm at his new-found “friends” and ignores their sinister grins.

44. EXT. MOS EISLEY SPACEPORT – ALLEYWAY
Han, Chewbacca, Luke and the robots walk along a narrow slum alleyway crowded with darkly-clad creatures hawking exotic goods in dingy little stalls. Men and monsters crouch in waste-filled doorways whispering and hiding from the chilling winds. They enter a small doorway in a decaying stone building at the far end of the alley.

45. INT. SLUM DWELLING – LIVING AREA
The seedy slum dwelling is dark and dingy. Han is greeted by a female “Boma” named OEETA. The Boma is a fur-covered creature about five feet high and looks like a cross between a brown bear and a guinea pig. It is obvious from her figure that she is a female. Han embraces Oeeta and gives her a big kiss, then checks out the stew-like mess boiling away on a dilapidated fusion-burner in the kitchen area.

HAN
Good, good…We’re hungry. Bring my friends some of this.

She answers in a strange baboon-like call and starts dishing up the slop. Threepio and Artoo cautiously dust off a bench in the kitchen and sit down. Luke and Chewbacca join Han at a large table in the center of the main room.

HAN (CONT’D)
Now tell me of your adventures. What is on Ogana Major that draws you there?

LUKE
I am looking to join my father. I have been living with my uncle, beyond the Great Dune sea. He has a small moisture ranch -not much of an adventure, I’m afraid.

HAN
Ahh, no farmer could cut down three brigands as you did. But, as you wish. In time you will grow to trust me…

Oeeta brings them each a steaming bowl of “Boma-mush”, and a large mug of some heavy brew. Chewbacca and Han dig in with great vigor, but Luke is a little hesitant.

HAN (CONT’D)
Eat up, don’t let its smell bother you…Now, for the right sum, I could take you to Ogana Major myself. But it would be a special charter. I have no other business in that area, and the way is a little dangerous.

LUKE
How much?

HAN
An even million, I think. We will have to somehow sneak past the Imperial blockade. It won’t be easy.

LUKE
A million! I haven’t that much. I hope to get one fifty for my speeder…but that’s all I have.

HAN
Well, I doubt you’ll find another ship to take you. Most captains rarely venture there. The civil war makes it far too dangerous… I was sure a man of your abilities would be worth more. What of your two “droids” -you could get at least four or five for them…even if you sold them as scrap.

Artoo and Threepio become suddenly attentive and listen closely to the conversation in the next room. Artoo begins to beep, but Threepio puts his bronze hand over his little companion’s mouth. Luke thinks about this for a moment.

LUKE
No…I need them. What if I were to pay you one fifty now, and my father gave you the rest on our arrival? He is an honorable man of great influence. I’m sure he would make it worth your while.

The two robots breathe a sigh of relief. Han’s waning interest is renewed by the mention of “great influence”.

HAN
You mean a bonus maybe. Your father must be a man of great wealth?

LUKE
I’m sure he would reward you.

Han thinks about this for a few moments, then turns to Chewbacca and seemingly explains the situation to him. The Wookiee shrugs his shoulders as if to say “Why not?”

HAN
We’ve got a deal then. Sell your speeder and I’ll meet you at docking port twenty-three. My ship will be ready and waiting for you. We should go right away, I think.

46. EXT. MOS EISLEY SPACEPORT – DOCKING PORT 23
Han and his lumbering first-mate Chewbacca hurry along behind MONTROSS HOLDAACK, a large, portly man who walks with a stiff, awkward gait. They move along a tall gantry overlooking a long, complex spacecraft.

HAN
But you’re my friend, my best and closest partner. Oxus will still listen to you! He will, I tell you, I know he will. I really have a live one this time. I asked for a million, and he didn’t even flinch, and the way he fights — he must belong to one of the royal families, I’m just sure of it. This may be worth two million, maybe three. You’ve got to talk to Oxus…You’ve just got to…

MONTROSS
Like your information on the AKURIAN spice shipment…After that botch, if I WERE crazy enough to suggest another one of your plots to him, he’d have us both diced…

HAN
But this is different. This is our chance. Are we partners or not? Are you going to dream away the rest or your life, or are we going to try for the big one?

MONTROSS
The only way Oxus would go along is if you killed him…I’m too old, Han. I can’t do it, you’ll have to find someone else.

HAN
There’s no time. What kind of talk is this? Where’s the old Montross that single-handedly destroyed a colony of Banthas and rescued me from the very jaws of death?? Montross, the greatest science officer in the galaxy, too old?!

MONTROSS
You young fool!

Montross suddenly ignites in a rage and swings his left forearm down with a mighty blow across the metal rail of the gantry. The old science officer’s forearm cracks in two, spewing forth wires, and many fine multi-colored electronic components. The artificial limb flops lifelessly to Montross Holdaack’s side.

MONTROSS (CONT’D)
You know, there is nothing left but my head and right arm… I’ve lost too much, Han…I’m dying…I’m dying this time… I’m losing control.

Han bows his head in sorrow and embarrassment for one of the greatest warriors in the galaxy and a dear friend.

HAN
Take it easy…I’m sorry. Don’t be upset. What am I going to do? He’s going to be here shortly wanting to go to Ogana! I’ll just have to talk to Oxus myself. I’ll take care of everything. We’ll get you fixed up, once and for all.

47. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – ENTRY BAY
The entry bay of the large starship is also the main lounge area of the ship. Two gruff and grisly pirates are playing a kind of dice game with thin little sticks. The larger and mangiest of the two slavering hulks, JABBA THE HUTT by name, throws his dice at Chewbacca.

JABBA
I told you not to bring that thing on board again…Where have you been anyway…Captain wants the conveyor system extended…and I notice you haven’t turned around those punch chips yet. What are we keeping you on board for anyway?

Chewbacca slinks back outside the starship as Han helps the still slightly crazed Montross aboard the craft. Han generally ignores Jabba’s tirade.

HAN
Where is everybody, anyway?

JABBA
They took the shipment of “Covina” to Gordon. But the captain is still here, so get to work or I’ll snap you myself.

HAN
Where is he?

JABBA
On the bridge, I think. I wouldn’t go looking for trouble, though…He’ll sting you good if you bother him.

The second pirate notices Montross’s arm, as Han sets him on a bench near the door.

PIRATE
Montross fall apart again?

JABBA
What’s this ship coming to? We’ve got a good-for-nothing “cabin boy” and a disintegrating science officer.

48. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – COCKPIT
The cockpit of the starship is crowded with a haphazard array of computer switches and monitors. Dozing in one of the two pilot chairs is CAPTAIN OXUS, a man of the grossest dimensions. His scarred face is a grim testimonial to his prowess as a pirate and a killer. The young Han Solo enters the cabin and stands staring at the evil galactic buccaneer — the terror of the Outland territories — so peaceful, such an easy prey. Han doesn’t know quite what to do, so he starts to leave. Oxus opens one eye. He is in a drunken stupor.

OXUS
What have you been up to, boy?? You finished with the conveyor system? Bring me some more “Auraspice”!

Han bows low before his master, then moves down the narrow passageway to a small closet, where he takes out a cup of silver powder and returns to Oxus.

HAN
Your spice; sir…Ah, sir, may I…

OXUS
You blasted, good-for-nothing. Go fetch my tallock! And be quick. Now get out of here!

He takes a mighty swing at the boy, but his inebriated condition causes the blow to ricochet off, and slam against a locker panel. Han rushes out of the room.

49. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – HALLWAY
Han is angry with himself for not being able to tell the captain about Luke. He kicks the door to a locker in disgust. Suddenly an idea comes to him and he rushes back down the hallway.

50. EXT. MOS EISLEY SPACEPORT – DOCKING PORT 23
Luke and the two robots approach the entry bay of the giant starship, and are intercepted by the giant Wookiee, Chewbacca.

LUKE
Greetings! For such a young captain, your master has a mighty ship. Will you store our bags?

Luke hands the huge funny creature his back-pack, but the Wookiee doesn’t take it. Instead, Chewbacca refuses to let them pass and carries on about something in his harsh native tongue. Luke doesn’t understand.

LUKE (CONT’D)
I don’t get it?? Are we to wait here, or what? Threepio, what’s he talking about?

The gleaming bronze robot jabbers away in strange animal sounds to the towering monster. They carry on an animated argument, until it appears Threepio gets in the last word.

THREEPIO
Well, master Luke, sir. It appears we must wait out here for the captain to ready the ship. I told him we weren’t accustomed to waiting around on gantries; and if you beg my pardon, sir, for the price of this trip they should have picked you up in an environment capsule, complete with dancing “Yonnas”.

51. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – HALLWAY
Han and Montross are busy prying loose a control panel in a forward corridor of the ship. The cover falls to the floor with a loud clang, and the young cabin boy looks around to see if anyone heard. Montross takes a small metal bar and jams it between two circuits. Sparks fly and a small puff of smoke issues from the panel. He quickly replaces the cover and Han heads back toward the captain’s bridge.

52. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – COCKPIT
The cockpit area of the starship is a cacophony of warning alarms and flashing lights. The captain clumsily works at the control console in a vain attempt to figure out what is going on. Han enters carrying a long gray cloak.

HAN
Your tallock, sir. What’s wrong??

Oxus stumbles around in a drunken stupor.

OXUS
Something’s fouled up on this blasted board…

HAN
The reactor’s wild! It’s way over a thousand. We’d better get out.

OXUS
That’s impossible! I may be under the influence, but the reactor couldn’t have gotten loose…Wait a minute.

A new shrill alarm begins to sound, as Han grabs the groggy old pirate and drags him out of the cabin.

53. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – ENTRY BAY
Han and the lumbering pirate captain charge into the entry bay, almost knocking down Jabba the Hutt.

JABBA
What’s going on?

HAN
Sabotage! The reactor’s have gone wild. Get out. Get out…Wait, I forgot about Montross…

Jabba the Hutt and the other pirate stumble over each other, racing for the exit. Little Artoo scoots out of the way just as the two pirates rush past the group and into the space station main building. They are quickly followed by the wobbly captain. Luke watches the trio with puzzled amazement as the blast door slides closed behind them. Chewbacca gets a message on his belt com-link, and gestures to Luke that they should enter the deserted starship. Luke and the two robots reluctantly follow the giant Wookiee into the entry bay. Chewbacca pushes a button, and the main hatch slams shut. The alarms continue to ring.

LUKE
Where’s the captain?

Threepio repeats the question in Wookieese and gets a short, rather menacing answer from the creature, who points to the high-backed seat of the lounge area.

THREEPIO
He wants us to sit down, sir… If we don’t mind. The captain will be with us shortly.

The alarm signal is suddenly cut short.

54. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – COCKPIT
The one armed Montross sits in the pilot seat pushing buttons and switches. Han rushes in and sits in the co-pilot seat. He is laughing.

HAN
Alarms secure…ready for takeoff…let’s get out of here before they figure out what happened.

MONTROSS
Yes sir, captain.

Montross laughs heartily as he pulls back on the throttle. The ship shudders as it lifts off.

55. INT. DOCKING PORT 23 – MAIN BUILDING
Captain Oxus and Jabba the Hutt stand before a large window overlooking the docking port. Oxus is furious, ranting and raving. Jabba stands dumbfoundedly, with his mouth hanging open. The ship quickly disappears into the vastness of the night sky.

56. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – COCKPIT – TRAVELING
Han sits back in the huge co-pilot’s chair and puts his feet up on the control console.
HAN
Sometimes I amaze myself…

He chuckles. The surface of Utapau slowly drifts out of view of the cockpit windows and is replaced by a sparkling carpet of stars.

MONTROSS
Are you even a little worried he might hunt you down?

HAN
Well, Montross my friend, it’s a big universe. And after we cash in on this young noble, we’ll head for Ophichi or one of the other southern systems. He’ll be a long time coming there!

MONTROSS
Sometimes you amaze me, also.

They both laugh. Little Artoo appears momentarily in the doorway, makes a few beeping remarks, then scurries away. In a few moments, Luke appears at the doorway.

LUKE
This is a terrific ship! How did you ever come by it?

Montross gives Han a sly smile, as Artoo appears timidly behind his master.

HAN
It’s a long story…I suggest you relax. We’ll be going into a Hyper-skip soon, and should reach Ogana Major by 0300, two para-marks from now.

57. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – SLEEP AREA
Han stands nervously waiting for Chewbacca, who is looking through Luke’s things as the young adventurer sleeps. The huge furry creature is very quiet as he moves about the cabin. He picks up Luke’s gun belt containing the hidden Kiber Crystal. He takes the belt and a pouch to his waiting master, and quietly whispers to him. Han begins to search the belt.

HAN
He must have SOMETHING of value. Are you sure you looked through everything? His father had better be loaded.

He drops the belt and pouch in disgust.

58. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – COCKPIT – TRAVELING IN SPACE
Han enters and flops down in the co-pilot’s seat. Montross is busy studying the solar system with the ship’s scanner.
HAN
We’ve been through everything twice. He has nothing with him. I guess we’ll just have to wait until we get to his father.

Montross looks up from the scanner with a worried look.

MONTROSS
I’ve scanned almost all the way to Ogana Major, and there is no blockade! I don’t get it. Do you think we should continue?

HAN
Sure, why not?…but carefully.

59. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – LOUNGE AREA
Luke, Chewbacca and the two robots sit around a lighted table covered with many small metal figures. Each side of the table has a small computer monitor embedded in it. Chewbacca seems very pleased with himself as he rests his lanky fur-covered arms over his head. Luke rests his chin in his hands as he ponders a weighty problem on the board. Finally the stubby Artoo reaches up and moves one of the figures on the board. A sudden frown crosses Chewbacca’s face and he begins yelling some gibberish at Artoo. Threepio intercedes on behalf of his small companion and begins to argue with the huge Wookiee.

LUKE
Let him have it…You’re winning anyway…It doesn’t make any difference.

THREEPIO
Yes sir, but it’s the principle of the thing.

A small tone sounds and the com-link crackles to life.

HAN’S VOICE
Luke, could you come up here!

LUKE
I’m on my way.

60. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – COCKPIT – TRAVELING IN SPACE
The cockpit is alive with humming meters and softly buzzing read-outs. Montross and Han are busy at the controls.

MONTROSS
It checks out again. There is no mistake about it.

Luke enters; his boyish enthusiasm is working overtime.

LUKE
We must be just about there!

Both Han and Montross are rather grim-faced.

HAN
We ARE there…Ogana Major has been destroyed…

LUKE
What! What are you saying?

Luke moves close and begins to search the viewing monitors.

HAN
What’s left of it is contaminated. That’s it there…look at those radiation read-outs!…and the blockade is gone. Now what’s going on?

Luke sits down in a state of shock. He stares blankly at the monitor read-outs. Han is very angry at this turn of events.

MONTROSS
I don’t care how large the Imperial fleet has become, it couldn’t have done this. Half the planet is torn away. It would have taken a thousand ships with a lot more fire power than I’ve ever seen…very fascinating.

HAN
Well, I don’t like it. Where is your father?

LUKE
He must be dead…All this way and he’s probably dead…

HAN
Who’s going to pay us??

The young pirate captain grabs Luke and holds him high against the cockpit wall.

HAN (CONT’D)
I’m beginning not to like you!

Luke clears his throat and snaps out of his depression.

LUKE
Deak! Deak would know…my brother.

HAN
What?

LUKE
My brother could help us. He would know what to do.

HAN
Could he pay us?

LUKE
He might know what happened. He’s …ah…in a bit of a fix. I’m sure he would be most grateful if we helped him.

Han puts the boy down and a scheme formulates in Luke’s mind.

LUKE (CONT’D)
If my father is dead, then everything is his…but it’s no use. We could never get to him…it’s impossible.

HAN
Nothing’s impossible. Not for me anyway. Tell me where he is and we’ll go there.

LUKE
He’s being held prisoner…You couldn’t help him…No one could, not even a Jedi Bendu knight could…

HAN
I could. Where is he?

LUKE
Alderaan.

The word hits Han and Montross like a mad bantha; but Han recovers nicely, and thinks about it for a moment.

MONTROSS
Well, he’s right, you can’t go there.

HAN
Why not? The fact that no one in their right mind would ever try might make it easy…You’re sure your brother would make it worth our while?

LUKE
Beyond your wildest dreams…

HAN
You have no fear of Alderaan?
LUKE
As you said, the fact that no one would venture there voluntarily makes it easy.

MONTROSS
You boys have the space giddies… but calculating the probabilities, you may have something…

HAN
Chart a new course…

LUKE
Boy, will Deak be surprised to see us.

Montross gives the two boys a doubtful glance.

61. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – LOUNGE AREA
Han, Chewbacca, Luke, and the robots sit around a large table in the lounge area of the starship. Han and Luke are deep in thought. Luke sits up.

LUKE
I thought starcaptains were supposed to be clever. I thought you did this kind of thing all the time…

HAN
Well, I do, of course. But Alderaan…even I’ve never been there. When I said I’d take you…I thought you already had a plan…

Montross enters the lounge area and sits down. He flexes his new left arm which was just replaced.

MONTROSS
This new arm is a lot stiffer than the last one. They just don’t make these things the way they used to…We’ve reached the first perimeter of Alderaan. What’s the next move?

Everyone is lost in deep and perplexing thoughts. He is slightly amused at the young adventurer’s dilemma.

HAN
I guess there is only one thing to do, and that is to fly right in there and take over…we can do it.

MONTROSS
Whoa there…May I make a suggestion to the captain? There is only one way into Alderaan, and N0 way out. It’s an island city suspended in a sea of cirrus methane. The dungeons have triple guards, scramble scanners, gas locks, and every sector is isolated…and most important, it’s the dwelling place of the Bogan Master: Prince Valorum. This venture of yours is sheer madness; but I have calculated the probabilities, and there might be a way.

HAN
How??

MONTROSS
It is a rather complex plan; but it has the greatest probability of working…Go to the library, get all the tapes on Imperial procedure…You will have to learn the…

HAN
We’re going to get in by studying procedures?? I don’t like it.

MONTROSS
All right then, we’ll use your plan.

Han slumps in his seat with a dejected look.

HAN
All right, get the tapes.

MONTROSS
…and we’re going to need the space on all of our scan-shielded compartments and lockers.

HAN
What do you want with our scanproof lockers?

62. EXT. SPACE AROUND PLANET ALDERAAN
The long ornate pirate starship approaches the gray gaseous planet of Alderaan. The ship is not propelled, but simply drifts crab-like toward the planet. As it approaches the surface, huge billowing clouds extend out like menacing tentacles. The peacefulness of this nebulous idyll is broken by the increasing wail of ion engines. Suddenly, four sleek space fighters from the Imperial third fleet burst from the huge cumulus range. The craft are small cylindrical power shells dominated by two huge solar fins. They are flying in a tight formation; then two bank steeply and head toward the drifting starship.

63. INT. IMPERIAL FIGHTER – TRAVELING
The Imperial fighters are four-man craft crammed with sophisticated electronic weaponry.
The PILOT and GUNNERY OFFICER sit side by side, surrounded by lighted read-outs. They wear the gleaming black uniforms of the dungeon guards.

PILOT
No reply on any circuits…She appears to be drifting; but you’d better give her a blast anyway.

Two laser bolts scream past the cockpit and explode in front of the drifting pirate ship.

PILOT (CONT’D)
Kuro one to AD four. We have what appears to be a drifting TDFI04 which does not respond to warnings. No life forms appear on the scanner…Escape pods four, seven, and Oh three have been jettisoned…Should we destroy her or attempt salvage? She looks in good shape. …Right…Will do.

64. EXT. SPACE AROUND PLANET ALDERAAN
The two tiny fighter craft orbit in front of the pirate starship as small plates shoot from their fins and attach themselves to the larger craft. Lines pull taut and the pirate starship is towed among the towering gray clouds by the two little Imperial space fighters. The second two space fighters take up position behind the starship and follow it in.

65. INT. IMPERIAL FIGHTER – TRAVELING
The pilot is cold and professional as his craft closes in on the starship. The positions of the ships are displayed on a read-out. The pilot gives the gunner a quick look before he flips his sun shield over his eyes.

PILOT
It appears to be a Corellian Gypsy vessel, as close as I can make out…Still no life forms, no contamination. Life systems still functioning… they simply abandoned her for some reason. We’ll bring her in through the main forward bay. Is that satisfactory?

COM-LINK
Security is standing by. Kuro one, you have clearance.

66. EXT. PLANET ALDERAAN – CLOUD SEA
The towering white oxide clouds pass, revealing the Imperial city of Alderaan. The magnificent domed and gleaming city is perched, mushroom-like, on a tall spire which disappears deep into the misty surface of the planet. The little procession of spaceships speeds toward the city.

67. INT. MAIN FORWARD BAY – SPACEPORT – IMPERIAL CITY OF ALDERAAN
The pirate starship rests in a huge hangar bay which dwarfs the Corellian craft! Hundreds of troops work their way toward the craft under the cover of reflective shields. A battalion commander and two guards edge their way toward the main hatch. One of the guards aims a long laser rifle at the hatch. A commotion erupts behind the troops, and they turn to see two SITH KNIGHTS striding into the huge spaceport hangar. The two Sith knights appear slightly amused at the cautious stormtroopers. The battalion commander bows before the dark and fearsome Sith knights.

FIRST KNIGHT
Chief, get your men back. Let us check this out. (to the other Sith) These MANTHAS troops are getting far too timid.

The Sith knights boldly approach the ship and swing open the hatch. They start to enter the ship when a loud clanking sound, somewhat like a wrench being dropped down an air shaft, startles them and they jump back. The Sith warriors ignite their laser swords simultaneously, and take a defensive stance. The hundred or so troopers duck behind their chrome shields and direct their laser weapons at the open hatch. A few more sounds are heard from within the giant starship. The tension becomes almost palpable. The gangling, bronze Threepio pops his “Art Deco” head out of the hatchway.

THREEPIO
Hello!

The two Sith knights give each other rather puzzled looks.

THREEPIO (CONT’D)
I’m See Threepio, Human Cyborg relations. It appears my masters have departed, leaving me with their abandoned starship. My only problem is that the operation of Astro-vehicles is not within my capacity…

The first Sith knight turns back to the battalion commander.

FIRST KNIGHT
Chief, hold this thing for inspection, and check out the rest of the ship. I think you have picked up a piece of drift junk. Salvage what you can, and atomize the rest. Next time a little more bravery, commander. WAIT before you call us.

The Sith knights leave the hangar as the troops shuffle on board the deserted vessel. Threepio seems confused as troops rush around, completely ignoring him.

68. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – LOUNGE AREA
The troops search the ship with small hand scanners. The commander and his aid enter the lounge. They are approached by a slender, weasel-like OFFICER.

OFFICER
There are no other “droids”, sir. The ship isn’t much — a rag-tag, custom-built job…might be worth some study…

A TROOPER approaches the group.

TROOPER
All clear, sir. There is a row of supply lockers we couldn’t get into.

COMMANDER
Let the scavenger crews take care of that. Post a guard, and send the men back. Keep the “droid” here with the ship; we’ll let the scavenger crew take care of him, too.

The troops begin to file out of the ship.

69. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – HALLWAY
A lone trooper runs through the hallway heading for the exit. In a few moments, all is quiet. The muffled sounds of a distant officer giving orders finally fade. A sharp tapping can be heard very near, and a panel on a row of low cabinets crashes to the floor. Han Solo’s head pokes out of the hole and looks around the hallway. He then pulls himself out of his cramped quarters and struts around, stretching his legs. A second locker breaks open and Luke emerges. Chewbacca pokes his furry head out of the first locker and Han tells him the way is clear.

HAN
This is ridiculous. I tell you it’s not going to work. Montross is crazed half the time…

Luke straightens himself out as Montross appears in his locker.

70. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – LOUNGE AREA
Luke, Han, Montross, Chewbacca, and little Artoo quietly make their way down a hallway to the lounge area, where four Imperial troopers stand guard. Luke peeks around the doorway, then whispers to Han.

LUKE
There are only four. Remember: Quietly, and don’t mess up the uniforms…

Han repeats this to Chewbacca and they both grin with excited, determined looks on their faces. Luke gives the signal as the Wookiee and the young Corellian pirate charge past him with their laser swords held high, screaming like wild banshees. Luke is somewhat confused by the attack. The yelling and the clash of swords echo throughout the ship. Montross holds his ears. Artoo runs and joins up with the shackled Threepio.

71. INT. MAIN BAY GANTRY – CONTROL TOWER
In the main control tower, next to the starship, a gantry officer looks up from his desk, as if he hears something. He turns to an aide who is busy readjusting a monitor.

GANTRY OFFICER
Did you hear that?

The aide shakes his head; but the officer, convinced that he heard something, leaves the control tower and heads for the pirate ship.

72. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – LOUNGE AREA
The gantry officer cautiously enters the pirate starship with his laser pistol drawn. Everything is quiet in the lounge area. Two guards sit at a table with a third standing over them. The fourth guard approaches the gantry officer.

GUARD
You have business here?

The guard is Han Solo. He struggles to hide a large blood stain under his right arm.

OFFICER
I thought I heard something down here.

HAN
Are you sure it was from down here? We didn’t hear anything…

The gantry officer shakes his head at the puzzlement.

OFFICER
Well, I guess not…but keep your eyes open…

The guard standing at the table is Luke; and as he turns to glance at the gantry officer, one of the guards sitting at the table topples over and lands with his face on the floor. The gantry officer raises his pistol and immediately becomes suspicious. An embarrassed grin breaks out on Luke and Han’s faces. With a swiftness rivaling a Jedi prince, Han knocks the gun from the gantry officer’s hand and decks him. Luke runs over to help Han, and Montross, Chewbacca and the robots rush in.

LUKE
Don’t mess him up!

Han starts to change jackets with the gantry officer.

HAN
I’ve just been promoted.

MONTROSS
All right now, you don’t have much time. I hope you can remember everything.

LUKE
We’ll be back before you know it.

HAN
Just have the ship ready.

Luke binds the huge Chewbacca with electronic cuffs. The Wookiee has a worried and slightly frightened look on his face. Han reassures him, straightens his jacket and they start off into the giant Imperial city of Alderaan. Han and Luke walk on either side of the giant Chewbacca and Artoo and Threepio reluctantly follow along behind. Montross stays aboard the starship and carefully and quietly closes the hatch.

73. INT. MAIN BAY GANTRY – CONTROL TOWER
A lone aide is quietly working on a monitor when Chewbacca, the huge Wookiee, appears in the doorway with a bone-chilling howl. A look of surprise, awe, and sheer dread crosses the aide’s face as he stumbles over his tools. The Wookiee flattens him with one blow. Threepio and Artoo waddle into the room, followed by Han and Luke guarding the rear.

LUKE
Must he howl so? Every Sith in the city will know we’re here.

HAN
Good! I prefer a straight fight to all this sneaking around.

Threepio and Artoo look over the control panel, until Artoo finds something which gets him excited.

THREEPIO
We’ve found it, sir. Bless the maker, this control board has one.

Han and Luke rush over to the robots. Chewbacca busies himself with hanging the control aide by his toes.

LUKE
Plug him in. Let’s see what we get.

Artoo punches his claw arm into a computer socket, and the vast Imperial brain network comes to life, feeding information to the little robot. After a few moments, he beeps something to Threepio.

THREEPIO
Level five, Detention block A-23, cell 2187… He’s still alive… but his condition is reported as critical.

LUKE
All right, wait for us here… Send feed-back into the control sensors in that Detention block only.

Han puts the electronic bonds back on Chewbacca and the trio starts out the door.

THREEPIO
Pardon me for asking, sir…but, ah…what are we to do if someone should discover us here?

HAN
Hope they don’t have blasters.

THREEPIO
That isn’t very reassuring.

74. INT. DETENTION AREA – ELEVATOR TUBE – IMPERIAL CITY OF ALDERAAN
Han and Luke try to look inconspicuous, as they wait for a vacuum elevator to arrive. Troops and bureaucrats bustle about ignoring the trio completely; only a few give the giant Wookiee a curious glance. Finally, a small elevator arrives, and the trio enter. A bureaucrat races to get aboard also, but is signaled away by Han. The door to the pod-like vehicle slides closed, and it takes off through a vacuum tube.

LUKE
This is the PT-27 unit that ceases operation if there is any kind of alarm.

He rubs his hand across a series of small holes.

LUKE (CONT’D)
Gas…Montross was definitely right. If they discover us, we’ll never get out.

Han gives him a skeptical look.

75. INT. DETENTION AREA – DUNGEON
The giant Wookiee and his two guards enter the old, gray security station. Guards and laser gates are everywhere. Han whispers to Luke under his breath.

HAN
This isn’t going to work.

LUKE
Why didn’t you say so before.

HAN
I think I did.

A tall, grim-looking officer approaches the trio.

OFFICER
What code is this?

LUKE
I’ve got it here somewhere… It’s SPT 188544. You can check it through the…ahh, oh yes, lex-321.

OFFICER
It will take a while — the big mode is acting up…getting feedback from somewhere.

The officer goes back to his console and begins to punch in the information. There are only three other troopers in the area. Luke and Han survey the situation, checking all of the alarms, laser gates and camera eyes. Han unfastens one of Chewbacca’s electronic cuffs and shrugs to Luke.

LUKE
May THE FORCE OF OTHERS be with us.

Suddenly, Chewbacca throws up his hands and lets out with one of his ear-piercing howls. He grabs Han’s laser sword and ignites it, pushing Han against the wall.

HAN
Look out! He’s loose!

The startled guards are momentarily dumbfounded. Luke and Han have already pulled out their laser pistols and are blasting away at the terrifying Wookiee. Their barrage of laser fire misses Chewbacca, but hits the camera eyes, laser gate controls, and the Imperial guards. The officer is the last to fall under the laser fire just as he starts to push the alarm system. Luke rushes over to the com-link system, which is screeching questions about what is going on. Han and Chewbacca disappear down one of the sub-hallways.

LUKE
A Wookiee broke loose up here, but we’ve got him under control. There is a lot of damage, four casualties. The main door jammed. Better keep the rescue squad away from here, we’ve got some fires…

He blasts some of the furniture with his laser pistol and it bursts into flames, creating a lot of smoke.

76. INT. DUNGEON – CELL ROW
Han and Chewbacca race down the rows of low, stone-cell doors. Han stops before cell 2187 and yells something to Chewbacca, who covers his face as the young pirate blasts the door away with his laser pistol. When the smoke clears, Han looks in the cell and an expression of horror crosses his face.

HAN
“Holy Maker” No!

Suspended inside the cell by invisible rays, a bloody and mutilated Deak Starkiller hangs upside down. A strange yellow glow radiates from his eyes. Chewbacca rushes into the cell past the dazed Han. The Wookiee yells something and Han comes to, firing his pistol at a small control box in the wall. The unconscious Deak drops like a rock into the giant Wookiee’s arms. Chewbacca slings him over his shoulders, and joins Han in the hallway.

77. INT. DETENTION AREA – DUNGEON
Smoke fills the small control center as Luke fiddles with the wires on the control board.
A series of explosions at the main doorway knock a hole in the wall through which several Imperial troops begin to emerge. Luke fires his laser pistol at them through the smoke and flames. He turns and runs down a sub-hallway, stopping only for a moment on the far side of the passageway to lock on the laser gate “cutters”. He takes a small com-link transmitter from his belt and speaks into it.

LUKE
C3PO – C3P0 — switch off emergency communications network. We’re on our way. Monitor what you can…What was that, I didn’t copy…

78. INT. MAIN BAY GANTRY – CONTROL T0WER
Threepio paces the control center as little Artoo beeps and whistles a blue streak. Threepio yells into the small comlink transmitter.

THREEPIO
I said, all systems have been alerted to your presence, sir. I respectfully suggest you return at once…

The transmitter squawks a short reply, and Threepio peeks out the tower window at the starship. All is quiet. He then moves to the door and it slides open a crack. Several troops rush past, yelling and shouting orders. Threepio slams the door shut, and pushes the lock lever.

THREEPIO (CONT’D)
Oh no!

79. INT. DUNGEON – CELL ROW
Han and Chewbacca rush toward the detention control complex, but are met by Luke running toward them.

LUKE
There’s no going back that way.

Luke notices his mutilated brother draped over Chewbacca’s shoulders. His mouth drops open in stunned shock.

HAN
He’s still with us, but there ain’t much left of him. Your family must have something the Empire wants awfully bad.

The trio turns and runs down the cell block passageway. They reach a small grate in the wall, covering a passage that leads down into a deep darkness.

LUKE
This way. It might lead out of the cell block.

Luke and Han pull up the rusty grate, and they disappear into the black passageway.

80. INT. DUNGEON – PASSAGEWAY
Han leads the group down the ever-darkening, narrow passageway. Their footsteps echo on the cold stone steps of the winding, descending stairway. Han and Luke switch on small lights in their gunbelts. The rhythmic marching of stormtroopers is heard behind them. Han stops the group before an intersecting hallway. The marching troops seem to be getting louder; muffled voices can be heard.

LUKE
They’re right behind us. Which way?

HAN
Your guess is as good as mine. Maybe we’d better keep going down until we reach the docking level…

They continue down the eerie, slimy corridor that gets narrower and narrower as they descend into the bowels of the city.

81. INT. MAIN BAY GANTRY – CONTROL TOWER
A loud buzzer sounds throughout the control tower. Threepio rushes to the computer console.

THREEPIO
All right, all right, I’m going to answer it…just don’t blame me if we get caught.

He switches on the control com-link.

COM-LINK
There is a problem on the level five detention area. Double alert.

THREEPIO
Confirmed, and out. (to Artoo) Do you think they’ll believe that?

82. INT. DUNGEON – PASSAGEWAY
The passageway has gotten so small that Han, Luke and Chewbacca must walk sideways. Suddenly the way opens up to a wide, low ceiling corridor that is very dark and dank.

HAN
We made it…Hurry!

The group runs along the foul-smelling passageway.

LUKE
I think they’ve stopped following us.

HAN
I wonder why?…It’s sure getting hot down here. Where do you think this leads?

LUKE
It’s some kind of vent system.

A loud, horrible, inhuman moan works its way up from the far end of the passageway and stops the group dead in its tracks. They exchange rather worried looks.

HAN
I think I know why they stopped following us…

LUKE
Which direction is it?

Chewbacca jabbers something to Han.

HAN
Chewbacca says there are legends of the Sith keeping DAI NOGAS in the belly of the city…Dai Nogas are not to be trifled with.

LUKE
Which way should we go?

HAN
They are not natural creatures. They are very large; but it could be anywhere. There is no hope for us back there, so I guess we should push ahead.

They start forward; but the giant Wookiee stops and howls something at Han. The young captain talks to the frightened creature and eventually calms him down, and they slowly continue forward. Barely perceivable, a dim light glimmers at the far end of the hallway.

LUKE
Look, a light, head for it!

The group picks up speed as it nears the light. Suddenly, a huge form blocks out the light, and Chewbacca lets out a terrified howl and begins to back away. Han and Luke stand fast with their laser pistols drawn. Han calls back to the Wookiee, who begins to cower near one of the damp walls.

HAN
Guns are no good. Only a Jedi, strong with the FORCE, can stop it.

The huge shape, breathing loud and deep, sloshes forward.

LUKE
Maybe we could out-flank it?

HAN
The passageway is too small…We would have to distract it with something.

The two boys begin to slowly walk backwards as the horrible DAI NOGA begins its cumbersome advance.

LUKE
Get Chewbacca, try to get around it. I’ll draw it away.

HAN
Are you sure?? These things aren’t natural.

LUKE
I’ll listen to your plan…

Han turns and rushes back to Chewbacca, who is huddled against the wall, with the unconscious Deak lying by his side. The Wookiee is shaking and wailing like a small child. In the thin light provided by the small door at the end of the passageway, the faint outline of the gruesome Dai Noga can be perceived. Luke, with shaking hands, fires directly at the center of the beast. His laser bolt passes through the huge creature and explodes against a far wall. The light from the blast reveals a little more of the thing, which is something like a cross between a huge spider and a giant squid.
Han has blindfolded Chewbacca, and attempts to lead the Wookiee carrying Deak around the terrifying Dai Noga. They edge their way along the corridor wall as Luke fires a second blast at the slime. The Dai Noga lets out with a horrible moan and lumbers towards Luke with a new vigor. Luke backs away firing as he goes. Han and Chewbacca make it to the door and watch the Dai Noga move after Luke.

HAN
We’re clear! I’ll distract him.

He fires a shot at the monster, but it continues after Luke.

LUKE
Shoot above him!

Han fires again, this time above the creature, knocking rocks and debris on top of him. He turns to face his new enemy, enabling Luke to creep around the Dai Noga and join Han and Chewbacca. The spider-like monster lets out a moan and leaps at the two youths. Chewbacca has worked loose the iron grate covering the doorway, and the group tumbles into a dusty, unused hallway.

83. INT. DUNGEON – HALLWAY
The Dai Noga bangs against the opening and a long slimy tentacle works its way out of the doorway searching for a victim. Han aims his pistol.

LUKE
No, wait!! They’ll hear…

Han fires at the doorway, creating an avalanche of rubble which buries the monster. The noise of the blast echoes relentlessly throughout the passageway. Luke simply shakes his head at the young captain. They get up and start down the passageway. Han is clearly bothered by Luke’s low opinion of his actions.

HAN
I don’t care, I want them to find us…I need a good fight… I could polish off a whole squad, like that!

He snaps his fingers as Luke gives him a skeptical look.

84. INT. MAIN BAY GANTRY – CONTROL TOWER
Threepio nervously paces the control room.

THREEPIO
You mean they’ve calculated that the escape has something to do with the ship! Then they’ll come up here, too…Oh me! We’ll all be atomized. Where could they have disappeared to?

85. INT. SPACEPORT – PASSAGEWAY
Luke and Han stand before a bay window overlooking the pirate starship. They watch as a platoon of Imperial stormtroopers take up guard positions outside the craft. An officer attempts to open the hatch and enter the ship, but is unsuccessful. He exits the docking bay in a hurry.

LUKE
He’ll be heading for the control tower. Come on…

The two boys rush down the hallway, followed by the lumbering Chewbacca carrying Deak. They round a corner and run smack dab into twelve Imperial stormtroopers heading toward them. Both groups are taken by surprise, and stop in their tracks. Before even thinking, Han draws his laser sword and charges the troops, yelling at the top of his lungs. The troops are startled by this assault and start to back off. Han manages to cut several down before the rest flee in panic. Pleased with his prowess, Han starts after them, yelling back to Luke as he goes.

HAN
Get Chewbacca to the ship!

LUKE
Wait, where are you going? Come back here!

Han has already rounded a corner and does not hear. Luke rushes Chewbacca to the doorway at the end of the hallway. He motions the Wookiee to go on.

86. INT. SPACEPORT – SUB-HALLWAY
Han chases the ten stormtroopers down a long sub-hallway. He is yelling and brandishing his laser sword. The troops reach a dead end and are forced to turn and fight. Han stops a few feet from them and assumes a defensive position. He is ready to cut them down. The troops begin to ignite their laser swords; soon all ten troopers are moving into an attack position in front of the lone star pirate. Han’s determined look begins to fade as the troops begin to advance.
Luke runs down the sub-hallway in a last-ditch attempt to save his bold friend. Suddenly he hears the clamor of laser swords and yelling. Around the corner shoots Han Solo, pirate extraordinaire, running for his life, followed by a host of furious stormtroopers. Luke turns and starts running the other way, also. They run around several corners, and the troops drop a ways behind. Luke squeezes down a side passage and signals for Han to follow.

87. INT. SPACEPORT – NARROW PASSAGE
Luke and Han run down the narrow passageway looking for an exit. The stormtroopers can be heard barking orders as they follow the duo. An officer at the far end of the hallway spots them and fires a laser blast at them, but misses. They reach a complex blast-shield door which they attempt to open by pushing a series of buttons on a lock switch. The several layers of hatches and locks slowly peel away. Han returns the laser fire of the gathered stormtroopers at the end of the hallway. The signal on their belt comlinks begins to buzz. Luke takes one in hand and gets a jumble of excited Wookiee gibberish. He hands the small com-link receiver to Han, who continues his barrage of the troopers.

LUKE
It’s for you.

Han talks to the Wookiee and seems to be in some kind of an argument.

88. INT. SPACEPORT – MAIN FORWARD BAY
Chewbacca is crouched behind some supply canisters near the main entrance to the spaceport bay. Stormtroopers march to and fro in front of the pirate starship. The giant Wookiee whispers into the com-link. Deak lies in a heap at his feet. Chewbacca ducks lower as several troops stop almost on top of him. He puts the com-link back on his belt and draws Deak close to him.

89. INT. SPACEPORT – NARROW PASSAGE
Han gives the com-link back to Luke.

HAN
Chewbacca can’t make it to the ship without help.

The final hatch starts to swing open behind them.

LUKE
Then let’s go!

They turn and start into the main spaceport causeway. A few feet into the hallway and the boys stop short. Two evil, BLACK KNIGHTS OF THE SITH stride toward them. Luke turns and runs back into the narrow passageway.

LUKE (CONT’D)
Come on back. We’ll not be stopping them…

Han jumps back into the narrow passageway and Luke pulls the main blast-shield lock switch. The five layers of door instantly slam shut.

HAN
Now what??

Luke shrugs his shoulders. The stormtroopers renew their assault.

90. INT. SPACEPORT – MAIN CAUSEWAY
The two Sith knights stop before the huge blast-shield door. Stormtroopers take up position behind them. One of the knights turns to the first officer of the guard.

SITH KNIGHT
Move your man back.

The troops scurry out of the way, as the Sith knights raise their arms over their heads, creating a powerful force field.

91. INT. SPACEPORT – NARROW PASSAGE
The mighty blast-shield door bulges under the pressure of the Sith para-force. Luke spots a small waste receptacle on the wall. He fires a few shots at the assembled stormtroopers at the far end of the corridor, and moves to the garbage chute. He motions for Han to follow, but the young starcaptain is sitting in a corner staring blankly at the bulging door. Luke runs back to him.

LUKE
What is it?

HAN
It’s no use…we’re lost.

LUKE
No, no, there’s a debris chute. It’s the Bogan force making you feel that way. Don’t give up hope…fight it!

HAN
It’s no use, it’s no use.

The giant hinge bolts on the blast-shield door begin to pop as the force of the Sith knights grows stronger. Luke fires off a rapid series of shots and half-drags Han to the small grate in the wall.

LUKE
Well, we’re going anyway. Think of good things. Drive the Bogan from your mind.

Luke blasts the cover off the debris receptacle and shoves Han into the small opening. The giant blast door begins to smolder, creating a smoky cover for the boys to hide in. Luke frantically blasts away at the advancing stormtroopers, then climbs into the garbage chute and disappears.

99. INTERIOR SPACEPORT – GARBAGE ROOM
Luke slides through a series of chutes until he winds up in a large room full of muck. Han is
already stumbling around looking for an exit. He finds a small hatchway and struggles to get it open.

HAN
The blasted thing is vacuum-sealed.

He draws his laser pistol and fires at the hatch. The laser bolt ricochets wildly around the small metal room. Both Luke and Han dive for cover in the garbage as the bolt explodes almost on top of them. Luke climbs out of the garbage with a rather grim look on his face.

LUKE
I’m glad to see the Bogan is no longer with you, but would you put that thing away or you’re going to get us both killed.

HAN
(sarcastic) I’ll leave it for you to open then. I’m just afraid we’re going to have company soon… This is a brilliant escape.

LUKE
Well, it could be worse…

Before Han can reply, the walls of the garbage receptacle begin to rumble and edge toward the adventurers.

HAN
Now what?!?

LUKE
Try to jam it with something.

They place poles and long metal beams between the closing walls; but they are simply snapped and bent and the giant trash masher rumbles on. The situation doesn’t look good.

HAN
This isn’t working!

LUKE
Well then, think of something else!

The room gets smaller and smaller, until it is only three feet wide. Garbage is snapping and popping as it is crushed by the relentless walls. Luke’s com-link begins to buzz, and he pulls it off his belt.

THREEPIO
Begging your pardon, sir, but we are going to be unable to stay here much longer. Could you give us…

LUKE
(to Han) Threepio! That’s it. The R-2 unit is still plugged into the control systems… (into the com-link) Threepio, listen to me. Have Artoo shut down all garbage chutes in the immediate connecting bays. I think we’re on your level, but shut them off on the level above you, also…Quickly, shut them off!

The rumbling walls begin to shake the room, and then they halt. Han breathes a sigh of relief. Luke goes over to the pressure hatch and scrapes some muck off a number.

LUKE (CONT’D)
Open the pressure maintenance hatch on unit 366117891…

In a moment, the door pops open.

LUKE (CONT’D)
We’re out. Disconnect Artoo and go back to the ship…Avoid the troops, if possible…

THREEPIO
I wish you were here, sir.

LUKE
We’ll be with you shortly. Instruct Montross to get the ship started.

93. INT. SPACEPORT – GANTRY HALLWAY
Two Imperial officers stand in the hallway leading to the spaceport. One of the officers is a fleet admiral. They spot Artoo and Threepio waddling towards them and can hardly believe their eyes.

OFFICER
That’s them!

Before they can do anything about it, Han and Luke jump the officers from behind, and put laser swords to their necks. The robots trundle up to them.

THREEPIO
Thank goodness you’re safe, sir. Did you find Master Deak?

LUKE
Chewbacca’s got him. Now if we can just get by those guards before the Sith arrive…

THREEPIO
They won’t be here too quickly, I don’t think; we shut and sealed all alarm doors in the gantry.

HAN
(to the officer) Come on, boys!

94. INT. SPACEPORT – MAIN FORWARD BAY
Han and Luke, dragging their hostages in front of them, enter the starship bay. Artoo and Threepio hurry in behind them. The twenty or so troops guarding the starship train their weapons on the group, but seeing an admiral held as hostage, hesitate. Chewbacca jumps out from behind the supply canisters, carrying Deak over his shoulder, and joins the group. They slowly make their way toward the starship, which is a medley of noises, as it prepares for take-off. The main hatch slides open.

OFFICER
Forget about us — fire on them.

The troops aim their laser rifles. The admiral panics.

ADMIRAL
No, wait! Don’t shoot! They’ll not get away. They’ll not get away. Don’t shoot!

The group enters the starship and the hatch slams shut.

95. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – COCKPIT
Han slides into the co-pilot seat. Montross gives him a big smile.

HAN
Get us out of here!

Montross pulls back on the controls and the ship begins to move. The dull thud of laser bolts can be heard bouncing off the outside of the ship.

MONTROSS
They aren’t going to hurt us with those pea-shooters…

HAN
There are Sith out there.

96. EXT. IMPERIAL CITY OF ALDERAAN – MAIN STARSHIP BAY
The starship lifts away from the starship bay and moves into the cloud sea of Alderaan. Troops continue to fire at the ship as it leaves. Too late, four Sith knights arrive.

SITH KNIGHT
They’ll not get far.

97. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – COCKPIT – TRAVELING
Han picks up the com-link.

HAN
Luke, jettison the hostages and get to one of the gun ports.

MONTROSS
You’d better get back there, too. Four TIE ships coming in at six o’clock.

He points out the cockpit window to four small Imperial fighters banking in on their right side.

HAN
Was this trip really necessary?

MONTROSS
There’s another bunch at two o’clock. We’re into our power reserves, so take your time. Sing out if they get below us and I’ll kick her around …Now get going!

98. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – GUN PORTS – AFT SECTION – TRAVELING
Luke is busy checking out one of the two main laser cannons mounted in large rotating bubble turrets. He adjusts his head-phones, and searches his electronic tracking screen for the Imperial fighters.

MONTROSS
(over head-phones) Here they come.

Han jumps into the turret opposite Luke, and begins to strap himself in. The pirate starship shudders as the Imperial fighters open fire. Luke’s turret swings around and he begins to return the fire. Moments later, Han lowers his glare reflector and with a burst of smoke and electrical charge also opens up on the enemy craft. One of the Imperial fighters is hit by a concentrated barrage and begins spinning out of control, until it finally explodes. Han gives Luke a victory wave, which Luke gleefully returns.
Imperial fighters buzz about everywhere. The constant flashing of deflected laser bolts reflect in the interior of the turret bubble. Chewbacca sits in an aft turret, blazing away at the enemy craft. A huge explosion rocks the pirate ship and throws Artoo and Threepio crashing against a passageway wall.

THREEPIO
Here we go again. How did we get ourselves into this? We never seem to be in the right place.

Over the com-link, Montross gives instructions as to the enemy formations. Several more Imperial ships explode and disappear from view. The pirate starship undergoes a great deal of punishment as the battle rages.

HAN
(into the com-link) We’re beginning to come apart back here…the ship will not take much more of this…

Several of the Imperial fighters concentrate their fire on a weakened port antenna and finally it explodes, opening a hole in one of the compartments and everything that isn’t bolted down is sucked into outer space. Threepio and Artoo struggle to push a large cabinet in front of the hole.

99. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – COCKPIT – TRAVELING
The cockpit is alive with warning lights and buzzers, but Montross manages to keep things under control. He speaks into the com-link.

MONTROSS
You’re doing great, boys. There are only three or four of them left; but maybe it’s time we showed them this isn’t your regulation type F-888 cargo-trawler. Stand by for hyper-skip…and hope she holds together.

Montross pulls back on several of the levers before him, and the ship surges away from the tiny fighters. The pirate starship races through the galaxy at an incredible speed; but it isn’t long before the Imperial fighters catch up.

MONTROSS (CONT’D)
Take them now, boys. They shouldn’t be maneuverable at this speed.

100. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – GUN PORTS – AFT SECTION – TRAVELING
Luke, Han and Chewbacca fire away at the now stationary Imperial craft. One explodes, then another, and before long, they are all congratulating each other on their victory.

DISSOLVE TO:
101. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – SLEEP AREA
Luke kneels over what’s left of his brother. Han stands in the doorway watching as Threepio applies some medication to the Jedi’s gaping wounds.

THREEPIO
I don’t know much more we can do for him, sir. These are spiritual wounds. The Bogan arts often run contrary to the ways of science… and logic. I can’t help him. Only a Jedi can save him.

LUKE
He’s been trying to talk…He knows I’m here. He knows it’s me.

Han simply shakes his head at the situation.

HAN
He must have something of great value for them to do that to him. A lost spice mine, maybe? Well, whatever it is, he’d better regain consciousness ’cause I’m due my share…and I’m going to be very unhappy if he joins THE FORCE OF OTHERS before I get it…

Han turns and leaves Luke and Threepio alone with Deak.

LUKE
You’ve done well, Threepio…you have served both of us well beyond your programming. Leave me with him for awhile, would you?

THREEPIO
Thank you, sir. Your kindness is greatly appreciated. That is, the compliment of compliments…But sir, you too ought to be getting some rest…What with that tempest we stirred up back there, I’m sure we aren’t through this yet.

LUKE
I’ll be along shortly.

Threepio turns and leaves, locking the cabin door behind him.

LUKE (CONT’D)
I guess you couldn’t have known, but Ogana Major is gone, destroyed by something — I can’t imagine what…I don t know about father -whether he’s dead or alive — or where to find him if he is alive. I didn’t know what to do, so I came for you…You can’t die, you just can’t…What am I going to do? Just tell me what to do…Oh, Deak!

Luke slumps over his brother and begins to weep quietly. Suddenly he remembers the Kiber Crystal hidden in his belt. He takes off his belt and fumbles to open the secret compartment. The buckle snaps open and a powerful clear light fills the darkened room. The Kiber Crystal’s glow is almost blinding. Luke takes the supernatural gem and places it in his injured brother’s hand. Luke suddenly sits bolt upright. A thought seems to come to him and he dashes out of the cabin.

102. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – LOUNGE AREA
Luke bursts into the lounge area where Chewbacca and Han are sprawled across the chairs, sound asleep. They wake with a start. Chewbacca draws his laser sword.

LUKE
Yavin’s fourth moon.

HAN
What’s wrong?

LUKE
My father’s on the fourth moon of Yavin. We must go there immediately.

HAN
Wait a minute. Is your brother conscious?

LUKE
No…

HAN
Then how do you know your father is on Yavin? I’ve had it with your adventures…

Chewbacca blurts out a long line of gibberish to Han.

HAN (CONT’D)
Yeah, you’re going to get us all killed!

LUKE
My father is on the fourth moon of Yavin. Your only reward is there, also.

Han thinks about this for a few moments, then throws up his hands.

HAN
Well, we’re already headed that way anyway.

DISSOLVE TO:
103. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – COCKPIT
Montross is upset and starts yelling at Han and Luke.

MONTROSS
…It’s a wasteland. That system is way beyond the rim of the galaxy.

LUKE
But we HAVE enough power to get there.

Luke slams a connector panel on the computer console.

HAN
Just relax for a second!

MONTROSS
(getting more excited) We have MORE than enough power to get there…But we don’t have enough to get back, and there is no place to get power out there… We’d never get back. It’s madness…

Montross starts to bring his arm down across the computer console to make his point, but Han grabs it in time to keep it from being dashed to bits.

LUKE
It’s not a wasteland. There is an outpost, I tell you…

A sing-song alarm goes off on the scanner console. Threepio, who has been quietly sitting in the co-pilot’s seat all through the argument, interrupts his master.

THREEPIO
Excuse me, sir — but we seem to be approaching another ship of some kind.

Montross looks into the scanner display.

MONTROSS
I don’t think that’s a ship, although it moves like one… it’s much too large. It’s as big as a small moon.

HAN
A station of some kind?

MONTROSS
I don’t know. It’s moving, but not very fast, and it’s traveling in the same direction we are.

HAN
Move off, let’s go around it. We don’t need any more trouble.

MONTROSS
I’d sure like to see what it is…

HAN
Well, whatever it is, it means there must be some kind of a power depot out here, so we’ll continue…

DISSOLVE TO:
104. EXT. SPACE AROUND FOURTH MOON OF YAVIN
The sleek pirate starship drifts into orbit around the emerald green, fourth moon of YAVIN.

105. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – COCKPIT – TRAVELING
Montross and Han are at the controls, as Luke rushes into the cockpit.

MONTROSS
We pick up no significant life form concentrations down there. Certainly there’s no outpost…

LUKE
It could be shielded, could be anything.

HAN
Could be nothing.

LUKE
Move into latitude sixty-one…

A light begins to flash on the computer board.

HAN
What’s that?

MONTROSS
A signal beacon. Something is sending us coordinates…

LUKE
That’s it! Lock onto it! We made it…We made it!

MONTROSS
There’ll be no landing a ship this size on that terrain. We’ll have to use the auxiliary units.

LUKE
Good. I’ll help Chewbacca with Deak.

Luke rushes out of the cockpit.

MONTROSS
That moon or station — or whatever it is — is back on the scope. It’s either following us here or was already coming here on its own. I’d better stay with the ship.

HAN
Yeah, I think you’d better. I don’t like this. Track us if you can…

106. EXT. SPACE AROUND FOURTH MOON OF YAVIN
Two small lifepods jettison away from the starship, and slowly drift toward the awesome, deep green surface of the moon. Retro-rockets automatically kick in and slow the pods. The two tiny craft break through some light cloud cover and land in the dense, steaming jungles of Yavin’s fourth moon.

107. EXT. FOURTH MOON OF YAVIN – VINE JUNGLE
One of the lifepods has come to rest in the middle of a bog. Han, Chewbacca, and Threepio emerge from the battered capsule as it slowly sinks into the murky swamp.

HAN
Montross was sure right about this not being a fit place to land. We could have gotten KILLED coming through those trees…Well, let’s find Luke…

THREEPIO
They landed further south, I think. This is dangerous country. If you don’t mind my saying so, I think we had better stay together.

Chewbacca inspects a huge laser weapon and straps several power packs to his bandoleers. The group ventures into a forest of gargantuan trees shrouded in an eerie mist. The air is heavy with the fantastic cries of unimaginable creatures.

108. EXT. VINE JUNGLE
Luke’s lifepod is caught in the limbs of a huge tree. The fragile craft has been ripped in half by the crash landing. A glass-enclosed mummy case containing the wounded Deak Starkiller is securely strapped in what remains of the tiny lifepod. But his unconscious brother, Luke, hangs half out of the damaged craft. A two-foot high insect-like creature scoots down a branch and onto the back of the dormant warrior. The insect lets out a chilling hissing sound, and a slimy tube emerges from its hairy mouth, waking Luke. He opens his eyes, but doesn’t move. He is immediately aware of the insect. Suddenly, with one quick blow, he knocks the creature against the side of the lifepod, and it is squashed lifeless.
Luke is a little groggy, but he manages to climb out of the wreckage. He hears a frantic whistle, pathetic in its desperation. Luke looks around and spots Artoo hanging upside down, one of his three feet caught in a vine. Luke lifts the stubby robot out of his predicament and places him securely on a wide limb. Luke then attaches a thin cable from his utility belt to the tree trunk, and slides to the ground. Han and Threepio are waiting for him at the base of the huge tree.

HAN
Are you all right?

LUKE
Yeah, I think so. I’m going to need some help getting Deak down from there.

Chewbacca emerges from the dense foliage and tells Han something. He tells Chewbacca to climb the tree and get Deak.

HAN
He says we’re about a league off the coordinates. The going will be slow in this mess…

LUKE
Then we best get on with it.

109. EXT. VINE JUNGLE RIDGE
Gruesome and unnatural sounds permeate this ghostly wasteland. The jungle is a strange and eerie, fog-laden purgatory. The group stops on a ridge overlooking the rebel outpost of MASASSI. All that can be seen of the fortress is a lone guard standing on a small pedestal jutting out above the dense jungle. Suddenly, three Aquillian rangers break out of the dark foliage and approach the group. Han and Chewbacca raise their weapons.

HAN
Hold! Who are you? Whom do you serve?

One of the rangers strides forward, ignoring Han’s laser pistol. He is a tall man; on his helmet is the crest of AQUILLAE. He advances until he is standing a few feet from Luke’s weapon.

ANTILLES
I am Bail Antilles…I serve THE FORCE OF OTHERS…We are agents of the Starkiller…He has been expecting you…

Han looks a little puzzled, but lowers his weapon and tells Chewbacca to do likewise. About two dozen rangers emerge from the brush and take up positions around the group. One of them speaks to Chewbacca in his own tongue, and the giant Wookiee lowers Deak onto a stretcher they have placed before him.

ANTILLES (CONT’D)
Which of you is young Luke?

LUKE
I am. This is my friend and a great starcaptain, Han Solo… His first mate is called Chewbacca.

Antilles bows low before Luke. The young adventurer is embarrassed and doesn’t know how to respond. Finally the ranger rises.

ANTILLES
We must move swiftly, my lord. For you have arrived with all of the force of the Bogan at your heels. The Death Star has found us once again, and a deadly battle lies before us. There is little time. Hurry!

110. EXT. FOURTH MOON OF YAVIN – MASASSI OUTPOST
Luke, Han, Chewbacca, the robots and Aquillian rangers ride on top of a low, gray armored transport speeder. They swing past a long line of gleaming spacefighters sitting along the edge or the vast jungle runway. The several different types of two-man fighter craft have a wide variety of markings. Several of the ships have bizarre and colorful designs painted across their large deflector fins, which transforms the crafts into huge and grotesque creatures, while others create beautiful and unique mosaic patterns. Ground crews rush about servicing the craft. Activity is at a fever pitch as Luke, Han and Antilles disembark the speeder and enter a low metal building to one side of the runway.

111. INT. MASASSI OUTPOST – WAR ROOM
The war room is a mass of glass enclosures, electronic wall displays, monitors and computer stations. Officers and aides rush to and fro, ignoring Luke and Han as they follow Major Antilles to a large, dimly lit conference room dominated by a huge galactic display board. A briefing is in progress. Several dozen officers sit around a long table as a young astro-general named DODANA is describing an attack plan to the others. Antilles stops Han just outside the door as two braided guards approach them.
ANTILLES
You’ll have to wait here.

Han gives Luke a look of betrayal and anger.

LUKE
I’ll be back, and you’ll be paid.

Luke follows Antilles into the conference room and a glass door slides silently closed behind them.

112. INT. MASASSI OUTPOST – CONFERENCE ROOM
Antilles and Luke sit in chairs at the back of the room. Several officers at the table glance at Luke, but for the most part their attention remains riveted on General Dodana.

DODANA
…and although the digital analysis doesn’t confirm it, he feels there is a weak point…

Several large projections of a huge, armored space station appear behind Dodana. One angle shows the north pole of the complex globe. Six black towers dominate the detailed portion of the sphere. Antilles whispers something to Luke who answers with a question. Antilles points to a dark corner of the room near Dodana. Luke strains to see something in the corner. His hand fingers his belt buckle and he turns to Antilles and nods yes.

DODANA (CONT’D)
…Here, near the north pole someplace. In an area somewhere below their generating towers, he predicts you’ll find a small thermal exhaust port. It is an unshielded shaft that runs directly into the reactor system. A direct hit straight into the shaft would set up a chain reaction that would destroy the Death Star.

A large, sallow-eyed General named AAY ZAVOR fiddles nervously with a small hand computer.

ZAVOR
The greatest concentration of fire power is at the poles. I doubt a ship could get in there to find the exhaust port, let alone fire a direct hit down the shaft…

A flight officer with a patch over one eye rises.

FLIGHT OFFICER
There is an impossible magnetic field around those towers. Maneuverability in that sector is less than point three…

The GRANDE MOUFF TARKIN, a thin, bird-like commander of the outland Kesselian Dragoons, stands, and Dodana sits down, revealing behind and to one side of him a wizened old man with long silver hair — THE STARKILLER. He is apparently asleep; but as the Grande Mouff rises, the Starkiller’s crystal-clear eyes open knowingly. An aura of power radiates from the ancient Jedi that almost knocks Tarkin over. The Starkiller is a large man, but shriveled and bent by an incalculable number of years. His face, cracked and weathered by exotic climates, is set off by a long silver beard and penetrating gray-blue eyes. Luke stares at him in awe. He’s at once proud, moved and slightly frightened.

TARKIN
With all due respect, sir, the time has come for it to be said…

There is a long pause, as most of the officers on the Grande Mouff’s side of the table look down at their fidgeting hands or nervously look away.

TARKIN (CONT’D)
After our crushing defeat, and the destruction of Ogana Major by this Death Star…the Council has voted to trust the cybormitic analysis for future attack and planning procedures. Your contact with THE FORCE OF OTHERS is weak to the point where it can no longer be trusted. This new attack formula is contrary to the cyborg plan and depends too much on faith…a faith that deserted us at Ogana Major. Our blind, unwavering faith in you and the Ashla has led to our doom…

The Starkiller sits unmoved, unresponding. Zavor jumps to his feet in great anger and despair.

ZAVOR
Your strategy destroyed us on Ogana Major! THE FORCE OF OTHERS is no longer with us. The Bogan is too strong. This Death Star is too strong!

Finally Antilles can stand it no longer.

ANTILLES
The Bogan is already beginning to work on you…Will you flee like frightened children again, only to be hunted down again, until there is no place to hide.

ZAVOR
We were overwhelmed; his plan was hopeless as this new plan of his is hopeless…

ANTILLES
You would trust a machine’s logic over THE FORCE OF OTHERS? His son brings us new faith…

TARKIN
His son brought us the Death Star… He has betrayed us!

ANTILLES
He’s brought us the Kiber Crystal!

The room falls silent. The bent and broken Starkiller rises and Tarkin and Zavor immediately sit down. He motions for Luke to join him at the head of the table. Luke hurries to his father’s side and hands him the Kiber Crystal. The Starkiller holds up the powerful stone and it radiates a brilliant light throughout the room. Years seem to drop from the old man as the Kiber’s force moves into his body.

THE STARKILLER
With the Crystal, I can hold off the force of the Bogan…but when its presence is revealed, the enemy will stop at nothing to acquire it. …You will have to win the battle or lose everything…there will be no retreat, no place to hide if the Sith gain possession of the Crystal …finding the exhaust port is your only chance. You must have faith…THE FORCE OF OTHERS is with you.

One of the younger officers stands up.

OFFICER
We’ll find the port.

Several other officers stand, also.

SECOND OFFICER
I think my boys could get in there — they can hit it.

More officers and Generals join in until even Zavor and Tarkin are standing.

TARKIN
It will be to the finish, then. This time, victory!

113. INT. MASASSI OUTPOST – LIBRARY
Luke is embraced by his father in the cool, dim quiet of the outpost electronic library.

THE STARKILLER
You’ve done well, my son — but I’m afraid your trial has just begun. I had hoped we would have more time, time enough for you to learn the ways of the Force. But you’ll have to face the enemy as a warrior rather than a Jedi. When the Death Star is destroyed, there will be time enough for training.

Artoo and Threepio enter the room and bow low before their master and his father.

THE STARKILLER (CONT’D)
I trust your replacement parts are satisfactory?

THREEPIO
Most certainly, and your kindness is greatly appreciated. I feel my capacities have doubled, and if I do say so, Artoo is a new unit. I’d hardly know him.

THE STARKILLER
You have served us well, and I am releasing you from further service. You may rest and enjoy your remaining years in tranquillity…

THREEPIO
If it’s at all possible, sir and if it’s all the same to you…no disrespect intended…we’d rather continue to serve Master Luke.

THE STARKILLER
The choice is yours. Luke is truly fortunate. Now go and have them bring us this starcaptain who was so helpful to you.

THREEPIO
Begging your pardon, sir, but might I inquire after Master Deak?

THE STARKILLER
Deak is doing fine, but the Bogan is still heavy with him and it will be some time before he is himself again. Now be off with you.

They bow low and leave the room. Antilles ushers Han into the office. Antilles bows low before the Starkiller and his son. Han feels quite awkward standing before the legendary galactic hero. He gives the old man a short bow, then gives Luke a slight nod.

THE STARKILLER (CONT’D)
You have been of great service to us. We offer you this in gratitude. Luke tells me you have a great desire for such things.

He hands the young starcaptain a small box containing many neatly minted chrome bars. Han’s mouth drops open in amazement.

HAN
This must be at least seven or eight million!

THE STARKILLER
I would that I could give you more. We sorely need a man of your ability.

HAN
I’m afraid my calling is elsewhere. Sorry, Luke, but I’m not a part of this.

Luke bows his head and is clearly disappointed. He steps forward and gives Han a gray gunbelt with a chrome laser sword attached.

LUKE
Han, I want you to take this. It was fashioned by the _Bomerwrights of Sullest_. It is a special blade with great power that will never fail you. Take care, my friend.

He gives Han a hug, and the young starcaptain leaves.
THE STARKILLER
Now, my son, tell me of Owen, Beru, and the twins, and of course, little Leia.

114. EXT. SPACE AROUND FOURTH MOON OF YAVIN
A small silver rebel ship edges close to the pirate starship, until the two craft link up.

115. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – LOUNGE AREA
Han and Chewbacca enter the starship and are greeted by Montross. Han gives him the box of chrome bars.

HAN
Eight million! Eight million and we got it legal. Can you beat that? If only Captain Oxus could see us now. He never had a haul this big!

MONTROSS
You didn’t stay long. Could you have tried for more?

HAN
That station we spotted is what destroyed Ogana Major. They’re going to try to stop it.

MONTROSS
Then I’d better get us going.

HAN
Yeah, do that.

Han has a wistful look in his eyes as Montross heads back to the cockpit.

116. INT. FOURTH MOON OF YAVIN – MASASSI OUTPOST – READY ROOM
Chaos. Red scramble lights are flashing. Alert horns and attack buzzers create an unbelievable cacophony. Starpilots in a variety of different style spacesuits scramble out of the low concrete ready room, grabbing helmets and space packs as they race out the doors.

117. EXT. MASASSI OUTPOST – ATTACK RUNWAY
Pilots and navigators dash in unison to a long line of waiting two-man starship fighters. Around it, crews scurry here and there loading last minute armament and unlocking power couplings. Luke, closely followed by Artoo and Threepio, meet Antilles in front of one of the sleek starships.

ANTILLES
This one’s ours. May THE FORCE OF OTHERS be with us.

On a balcony overlooking the runway appears the dazzling figure of the Starkiller. His long silver hair and beard cascade over his flowing white robes. The Kiber Crystal glitters in his right hand. The pilots and crews stop what they are doing and bow low toward the honored Jedi. Luke and the robots join the others in the tribute. The air warriors are a wide mix of humans and other creatures from the many systems in the Alliance.

THE STARKILLER
Your next journey is marked by your given word. Do not falter, for there is no retreat from this battle. The power of the Bogan is strong on the Death Star. The Sith are many, but we hold the one power mightier than they: the Kiber Crystal. It is your captain and your banner. Do not fear to go where it leads. THE FORCE IS WITH YOU.

The pilots and crews bow and hurry to their starships. Luke helps Threepio lift Artoo into the ship. PILOT LEADER, a rugged, handsome man in his forties, gives his ground crew the signal that he is starting his ion engine. He has a winning smile and a distinctive scar along the side of his face. His crew chief pats him on the back.

CHIEF
Knock them all the way back to Alderaan.

The canopy is closed and the powerful starship moves onto the runway. Luke and Antilles settle into their craft as their crew looks down the armament housing.

CREWMAN
I’ve got you about a thousand pounds lighter. It should help.

He hangs a small good-luck charm inside the cockpit as the main canopy starts to slide closed. Luke and Antilles wave back to him. Other crewmen say goodbye to their pilots, some grinning, some kidding — all with a great deal of hidden emotion. The din of retro-rockets cuts through the uproar, and six silver starships leave the runway and disappear into the morning cloud cover.

118. INT. MASASSI OUTPOST – WAR ROOM
The Starkiller sits quietly before a giant computer display of the Yavin system. It shows the planet, moons and approaching Death Star. The Grande Mouff Tarkin stands behind the Jedi with several other Generals.

TARKIN
They’re all away, sir. For the first time since the take-over, I feel real hope.

THE STARKILLER
Put their com-links through the main system. Let everyone hear it.

General Dodana approaches the group and leans over to the Starkiller.

DODANA
They’ve made contact, sir.
119. EXT. SPACE AROUND FOURTH MOON OF YAVIN
A small bright speck orbiting the huge green moon of Yavin sparkles in the light of the distant sun. Six rebel star ships settle ominously into the foreground, moving swiftly toward the orbiting speck. As the starships move closer, the awesome size of the gargantuan Imperial space fortress is revealed. Explosions create blinding flashes on the planet’s surface as the Imperial fortress bombards the moon with a fusillade of laser bolts.

120. INT. LEAD STARSHIP – TRAVELING
Pilot Leader, in the first ship, signals to his navigator who sits in a small isolated glass bubble to the rear of the craft. The many monitors are filled with various computer read-outs and displays. Over the com-link one of the other starpilots reports to Pilot Leader.

BOMA SIX (INTERCOM)
Look at the size of that thing!

PILOT LEADER
Cut off, Boma Six. Stand by. Bantha pack cover to the south. We’ll try for the exhaust port. Settle in. Here we go.

121. INT. LUKE’S STARSHIP – TRAVELING
Luke adjusts the controls of the tiny starfighter and lowers the sunshade on his goggles. Antilles and Threepio rotate around in the gun-pod.

LUKE
Does that glare bother you?

ANTILLES
I’ve got it blocked. I’m all right. I wish they’d let us try for that exhaust port.

122. EXT. SPACE AROUND FOURTH MOON OF YAVIN – BATTLE
Fuel pods are jettisoned. The starship fighters break off into a power-dive attack on the space fortress. A barrage of laser fire from the huge fortress creates a wall of death, through which most of the rebel craft miraculously emerge, undamaged. Multiple laser bolts streak from the starship fighters, creating small explosions on the complex surface of the fort. Antilles directs his fire at one of the prime power terminals. It explodes, generating weird electronic arcs that leap off the station’s surface.

123. INT. IMPERIAL SPACE FORTRESS – MAIN STATION
Walls buckle and cave in, sucking debris and personnel into the vacuum of space. Alarm sirens scream as soldiers scramble to large turbo-powered laser gun emplacements. Officers yell orders through the smoke and confusion. Men and robots of various shapes and sizes run to their battle stations. Standing in the middle of the chaos, a vision of calm and foreboding, is the evil Sith knight: Darth Vader. Several astro-officers run up to him, still putting on the helmets and equipment.
VADER
Get to your ships. I’ll take the lead myself.

124. INT. FOURTH MOON OF YAVIN – MASASSI OUTPOST – WAR ROOM
Generals and troops listen silently to the action of the starships over the com-link. The Starkiller seems to be asleep, but no one attempts to waken him.

PILOT LEADER (V.O.)
Boma One to Masassi Base, we’re nearing the north pole transmitter area. The magnetic concussion is getting very rough. We’re starting our run. Tighten it up. Boma Two, tighten it up. Watch those towers.

BOMA TWO (CHEWIE)(V.O.)
Heavy fire, Boss. Twenty-three degrees.

PILOT LEADER (V.O.)
I see it. Pull in. Pull in. We’re picking up some interference.

BOMA SIX (V.O.)
Wow, I’ve never seen such fire power.

PILOT LEADER (V.O.)
Pull in, Boma Two. Pull in. Chewie, do you read me? Chewie?

BOMA TWO (V.O.)
I’m all right, Boss. I’ve got a target. I’m going in to check it out.

BOMA SIX (V.O.)
There is too much action, Chewie. Get out!

PILOT LEADER (V.O.)
Break off, Chewie. Acknowledge. We’ve hit too much interference. Boma Six, can you see Boma Two?

The Starkiller’s eyes open as the tension mounts. He has not been asleep.

BOMA SIX (V.O.)
I’ve lost him. There’s a heavy fire zone on this side. My scanner’s jammed.

BOMA FIVE (V.O.)
He’s gone. No, wait. There he is. Fin damage, but he’s all right.

A sigh of relief sweeps across the war room. The computers flash off and then on again as the whole room shakes under the Death Star’s bombardment of a nearby ridge.
DEVIL FOUR (V.O.)
Watch your back, Boss. Watch your back! A TIE squad above you, coming in — about six ships.

125. EXT. SPACE AROUND FOURTH MOON OF YAVIN – BATTLE – REBEL FIGHTERS (BOMA GROUP)
Six fin winged Imperial fighters dive on Pilot Leader, but he does a quick spiral turn and eludes them.

BOMA TWO (CHEWIE)(V.O.)
I found the exhaust port, Boss. Relay target six degrees south by three mark two. It’s not very big — a direct hit is going to be tough.

PILOT LEADER
I copy, Boma Two, but we have other problems right now.

Pilot Leader and Boma Four dive in unison through a forest of radar domes, antennae and gun towers. They are followed by four Imperial TIE fighters. The two rebel ships make a sharp turn and come around behind the Imperial ships. Boma Four and Pilot Leader fire into the TIE fighters as the six ships criss-cross the surface of the fortress.
Suddenly, a dense barrage of laser fire erupts from a protruding tower, catching Boma Four broadside. The rebel spacecraft bursts into a million flaming pieces. Pilot Leader reacts to the loss of his wing man with a renewed attack on the Imperial ships — one of which falls away and hits a prime power terminal, creating an arching spectacle. A chain reaction is set off, creating a series of explosions leaping across the surface of the fortress from terminal to terminal.

126. INT. LUKE’S STARSHIP – TRAVELING
Luke and three other speedy little fighters dart back and forth across the soft underbelly of the fortress, leaving a trail of destruction behind them. Artoo is sitting on the seat-back above Threepio’s shoulders. He is beeping and whistling frantically. Threepio swings his gun pod around and begins firing at an approaching Imperial TIE ship.

THREEPIO
I see it. I see it. Don’t confuse me, or we’ll be killed. See those? They break up in little pieces, just like a GS unit under pressure.

ANTILLES
Luke, TIE fighters below us.

LUKE
I see them. Hang on!

The rebel craft dives on the Imperial ships, all guns blasting away. Two of the TIE craft go down in flames.
127. INT. IMPERIAL SPACE FORTRESS – MAIN CONTROL CENTER
Constant explosions rock the interior of the fortress. Troops scurry for safety in the panic-ridden control center. A Sith knight speaks to Lord Vader on the com-link.

SITH KNIGHT
Yes, my Lord, the Ashla Force is strong upon us. I can’t hold the panic. How could it be?

VADER
I feel the influence of the Kiber Crystal. Perhaps the Starkiller is still alive. They must have brought it out of hiding at last. We must strain — counter the force. Their attack is organized; they’re going for the poles. Concentrate there.

128. EXT. REBEL STARSHIPS – BATTLE
Boma Two (Chewie), a young hot-shot of about sixteen years, miraculously dives his ship through a virtual sea of laser fire and blasts the Imperial fighters into dust. Chewie signals to his navigator, who lets out a whooping cheer as the craft veers into a victory roll.

PILOT LEADER
Great moves, Chewie. Regroup at point two-four. Let’s go in for that exhaust port. Coincide, Boma Six.

Boma Five and Boma Three bob and weave in formation toward a group of giant towers at the north pole.

PILOT LEADER (CONT’D)
I see it. It looks good.

BOMA THREE
I’ve got it. We’re hit! We’re hit!

PILOT LEADER
Eject…Eject. Boma Three, do you read?

BOMA THREE
I’m all right. I can hold it. Give me a little room, Boma Five. Watch it! Watch it!

Boma Three wobbles a little, then drops away sharply, plowing into a huge laser gun emplacement, causing a hideous series of chain reaction explosions. The four remaining starships of the Boma group fly in a tight formation and dive between the tall towers near the exhaust port.

PILOT LEADER
Masassi Base, we’re in position and starting for the target. Chewie, hold your fire until we’re within point zero five four. Make it count.

Several ack-ack lasers begin to open fire on the approaching spacecraft. The rebel ships direct their fire at a small, glowing blue hole at the base of one of the towers. Boma Five explodes, quickly followed by Boma Four.

BOMA TWO (CHEWIE)
I’m on it.

Boma Two dives directly at the small target, is unable to pull out and crashes into the base of one of the towers. Pilot Leader dives between the towers, firing away, but is unable to hit the small hole.

PILOT LEADER
It’s too small. It’s impossible. All ships hit. Send in Bantha group. I’ll try to make it.

One of the two large engines on Pilot Leader’s fighter explodes. He careens wildly, leaving an erratic trail of smoke before eventually crashing into a solar panel.

129. INT. FOURTH MOON OF YAVIN – MASASSI OUTPOST – WAR ROOM
On the large computer display board, several of the markers indicating rebel fighters go dark. General Dodana approaches the Starkiller in a hurry.

DODONA
Eighty-five percent of our craft have been destroyed. The probability projection shows little hope. Retreat is possible at this time, but not for long.

Zavor steps forward in a panic.

ZAVOR
It’s just like Ogana Major. Twice we have listened to this old man, and twice it has led to our ruin. We must surrender before we’re all destroyed, while there is still time.

The Starkiller gives Zavor a hard look and the cowardly General shakes as if a cold wind had chilled him to his heart.

THE STARKILLER
There will be no surrender. There will be no retreat. This was settled. The force is still with us.

The General’s eyes turn back to the big board as two more symbols disappear. The four that are left are flying in formation toward the north pole exhaust port.

DODONA
There are only four left.
130. EXT. LUKE’S STARSHIP – BATTLE
Luke swings the small craft around the many outcroppings of laser towers and transmitters.

LUKE
We’ll follow you in Banta One.

BANTA ONE
Ship response through here is gone. Don’t try anything fancy.

LUKE
Antilles, Threepio, as soon as you’ve got the target, open up.

The fortress gun emplacements fire away, hitting Banta Three. It disintegrates, leaving a trail of flaming particles. The three remaining craft continue the assault. Luke and Antilles watch the remains of Banta Three disappear.

BANTA ONE
This is it. Make it count.

The rebel craft blast away at the exhaust port, but all miss.

THREEPIO
Sir, I think if you pitched the ship about twelve degrees on the final approach, we could clear the port rim. It seems to be diagonal, which is why we’re off target.

ANTILLES
I think you’re right. Luke, tell Banta One when we make our next pass.

LUKE
Banta One, this is Banta Two…

131. EXT. IMPERIAL SPACE FORTRESS
Lord Vader and two other Imperial ships wait for the rebel craft to emerge from the smoke and confusion of the exhaust port area.

VADER
We’ll take what’s left when they start their second run. Prepare the scan ships for low altitude survey. The Kiber Crystal will be ours if it’s still down there. Stand by…Here they come.

132. EXT. BATTLE
The three rebel starships bank and prepare for a second attack on the exhaust port. Suddenly, streaking down from above them, the Imperial TIE craft blaze away with all their laser cannons.
Banta Four instantly bursts into flames, then disintegrates. Banta One’s tail section is hit, and the ship pinwheels toward the planet. Blood covers Antilles’ face. Luke struggles to keep control of the ship. Artoo is whistling wildly as Threepio swings the gun turret around to fire at the enemy craft.

LUKE
Antilles!

ANTILLES
The turret’s shattered. But both hatches are sealed. I can hold out. Just get us back down there.

LUKE
Well, it looks like we’re it.

The tiny rebel fighter dives toward the exhaust port, but is cut off and forced to turn away from Vader’s ship.

VADER
This is the last one. Here’s where the rebellion ends.

The three Imperial craft dive on the lone rebel starfighter. Laser bolts streak past the small craft on all sides. Vader moves close in behind Luke’s ship.

THREEPIO
Where did he go? I can’t see him.

ANTILLES
He’s back there somewhere. Luke, bank a little…See him now?

Vader signals his wing men to back off.

VADER
I’ve got him. Return to base.

Suddenly, Vader’s wing man explodes into a shower of burning fragments. Vader is surprised and looks around for the cause of his wing man’s misfortune.

VADER (CONT’D)
SR-2, do you see anything? What did he hit?

Before SR-2 can answer, he too is blasted out of orbit. Vader quickly veers off and takes defensive maneuvers. Above and behind the Imperial fighters the old familiar pirate starship descends into view.

133. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP – COCKPIT – TRAVELING
Han grins at Montross and speaks into the com-link.

HAN
I heard you were having some problems, Banta Two.

LUKE (V.O.)
I don’t know what brought you back, but I’m sure glad you’re here.

HAN
I’ll cover you. If you’re going in there after something, you’d better get going.

134. EXT. BATTLE
Luke dives the tiny ship once again into the wall of laser fire around the exhaust port. The pirate ship follows a short distance behind, but begins to bounce about as it nears the generating tower.

MONTROSS
There is a terrible magnetic crossfield down here. This thing’s too big. We’ll never make it.

LUKE
Hold tight. We’re almost there.

Vader’s starship swoops down on the battered pirate ship, unleashing a heavy barrage of laser bolts. Chewbacca in the rear gun turret blazes away at the Sith starship. One of Vader’s huge solar fins breaks up, but the Black Knight manages to keep the disabled craft on course and crash dives into the pirate craft, exploding on impact.

HAN
We’re hit. You’re on your own, Luke.

135. INT. PIRATE STARSHIP
Han and Montross work their way through the damaged ship, looking for a usable life pod. Chewbacca appears at the end of a hallway and yells at Han to follow him.

136. INT. LUKE’S STARSHIP
Luke dives past the towers and approaches the exhaust port.

LUKE
I’m starting the bank. Let her have it.

The ship skims the surface of the Death Star, blasting a thin path across its surface. As they pass the exhaust port, both Threepio and Antilles get several shots directly down the exhaust shaft.

THREEPIO
We hit it. We hit it; perfect, if I do say so myself.

ANTILLES
Pull out of here, Luke.
137. EXT. BATTLE
The small craft veers sharply away from the Death Star as ominous rumbles and explosions can be heard coming from within the huge super fortress. The rebel ship speeds past the small lifepod from the pirate ship as it slowly drifts toward the green calm of Yavin’s Fourth Moon. Han, Montross and the furry Chewbacca watch the ominous fortress grow smaller as they drift further and further away. Suddenly, a great flash replaces the fortress and rubble streaks past the lifepod and lone rebel starship. Several giant explosions follow, until there is only a smoke cloud where the mighty fortress once orbited Yavin’s Fourth Moon.

DISSOLVE TO:
138. EXT. FOURTH MOON OF YAVIN – MASASSI OUTPOST
Luke climbs out of the starship as a ground crew help the wounded Antilles from the shattered gun turret. Artoo is helped down by Threepio. Antilles gives Luke a big grin. Luke slaps Threepio on the back. He then spots Han, Montross and Chewbacca riding up in a transport speeder. Luke runs up and hugs the Corellian pirates. They all laugh and cheer.
The white-robed Starkiller approaches the group, followed by a hundred aides, troops, ground crews, and Generals.
Antilles and the robots join Han, Luke and the others. As the Starkiller approaches, they all bow low, including Chewbacca and the robots.

THE STARKILLER
Your achievement will be sung through the ages. The Kiber Crystal has stopped the onslaught of the Bogan forces so that brave warriors can once again show their merit…The revolution has begun.

A ROLL-UP TITLE appears:

…And a thousand new systems joined the rebellion, causing a significant crack in the great wall of the powerful Galactic Empire. The Starkiller would once again spark fear in the hearts of the Sith knights, but not before his sons were put to many tests…the most daring of which was the kidnapping of the Lars family, and the perilous search for:

“The Princess of Ondos.”

FADE OUT:
END CREDITS.

THE END

Edited by Brendon Wahlberg